summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-04-07 09:22:09 +0000
committerDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-04-07 09:22:09 +0000
commit43a97878ce14b72f0981164f87f2e35e14151312 (patch)
tree620249daf56c0258faa40cbdcf9cfba06de2a846 /l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help
parentInitial commit. (diff)
downloadfirefox-43a97878ce14b72f0981164f87f2e35e14151312.tar.xz
firefox-43a97878ce14b72f0981164f87f2e35e14151312.zip
Adding upstream version 110.0.1.upstream/110.0.1upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help')
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml491
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml366
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml128
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml2625
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml701
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml373
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml706
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml149
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml1519
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml74
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml149
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml908
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf160
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf2261
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf41
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf119
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css63
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml118
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gifbin0 -> 126 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gifbin0 -> 203 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gifbin0 -> 154 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.pngbin0 -> 139 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.pngbin0 -> 2399 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.pngbin0 -> 2885 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gifbin0 -> 723 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gifbin0 -> 489 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gifbin0 -> 419 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.pngbin0 -> 3418 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.pngbin0 -> 924 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.pngbin0 -> 945 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.pngbin0 -> 571 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.pngbin0 -> 9048 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.pngbin0 -> 3019 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.pngbin0 -> 239 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.pngbin0 -> 531 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.pngbin0 -> 110 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.pngbin0 -> 185 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.pngbin0 -> 144 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.pngbin0 -> 1889 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gifbin0 -> 181 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.pngbin0 -> 184 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.pngbin0 -> 180 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.pngbin0 -> 7782 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gifbin0 -> 2860 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.pngbin0 -> 2574 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gifbin0 -> 776 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.pngbin0 -> 16903 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.pngbin0 -> 4992 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gifbin0 -> 512 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.pngbin0 -> 2327 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.pngbin0 -> 2484 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.pngbin0 -> 2376 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.pngbin0 -> 2862 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.pngbin0 -> 589 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.pngbin0 -> 226 bytes
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml1225
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml572
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml388
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml391
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml203
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml504
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml848
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml796
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml463
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml1188
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml1439
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml247
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml421
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml343
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml252
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml113
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml524
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml184
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml365
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml541
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml226
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf1203
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf58
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml598
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml1139
-rw-r--r--l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml96
81 files changed, 25278 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fad3d761c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+ It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+ your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+ address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+ recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+ protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and
+ Decisions</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by
+ Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click
+ the Help button in one of those windows.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#website_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected
+ in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes
+ information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what
+ the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete
+ details on the certificate&apos;s contents.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+ <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to
+ view.</li>
+ <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li>
+ <li>Click View.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several
+ kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following
+ uses</strong>: See
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a>
+ for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses
+ can include any of the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+ you to websites.</li>
+ <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+ a website server to browsers.</li>
+ <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+ identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+ identify someone else, for example so you can send that person
+ encrypted email.</li>
+ <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+ identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate
+ Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more
+ information about OCSP, see
+ <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates Settings</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to
+ identify a certificate authority&mdash;that is, a service that issues
+ certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about
+ the certificate:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity
+ that the certificate identifies.</li>
+ <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which
+ the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li>
+ <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational
+ unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li>
+ <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate&apos;s serial
+ number.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that
+ provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority
+ (CA) that issued the certificate.</li>
+ <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the
+ certificate is valid.</li>
+ <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate&apos;s fingerprints.
+ A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical
+ function to the certificate contents. A certificate&apos;s fingerprint can
+ be used to verify that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3>
+
+<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more
+ detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information
+ for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name,
+ select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and
+ read the field&apos;s value under Field Value:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain,
+ with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate
+ chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive
+ certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+ and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+ can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to
+ a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the
+ certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li>
+ <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected
+ under Certificate Fields.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form
+ wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot
+ interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2>
+
+<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software
+ device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption
+ and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears
+ when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use
+ when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as
+ generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one
+ of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your
+ machine.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart
+ card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the
+ name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you
+ must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate
+ Manager know that you want to use it.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security
+ device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or
+ aren&apos;t available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2>
+
+<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a>
+ that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make
+ backup copies of your private
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the
+ certificate enrollment process.</p>
+
+<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of
+ such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a
+ backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of
+ decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your
+ corresponding public key.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying
+ the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li>
+ <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate
+ to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK.
+
+ <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the
+ backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don&apos;t trust the CA that is
+ requesting the backup copy, don&apos;t request a certificate from it. Click
+ Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a
+ certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to
+ use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or
+ lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key
+ exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading
+ email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2>
+
+<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and
+ its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can
+ put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under
+ lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption
+ problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p>
+
+<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose
+ your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it
+ for. For example:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you
+ will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new
+ certificate. </li>
+ <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not
+ be able to read any of your encrypted email&mdash;including both encrypted
+ messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received.
+ In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key
+ associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the
+ messages encrypted with that key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid
+ future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don&apos;t forget.</p>
+
+<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather
+ than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form
+ of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is
+ sometimes called
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p>
+
+<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that
+ can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this
+ case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog
+ box, which displays two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a
+ certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following
+ information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting
+ identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the
+ Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the
+ website.</li>
+ <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+ that issued the certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The
+ certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a
+ website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box.
+ Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website
+ you want to visit.</p>
+
+<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are
+ displayed:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified
+ by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the
+ certificate&apos;s serial number and validity dates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that
+ issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2>
+
+<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on
+ your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include
+ certificates that identify
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>.
+ To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate
+ Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance
+ of those certificates.</p>
+
+<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA&apos;s
+ certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that
+ CA to issue.</p>
+
+<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to
+ specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can
+ select any of the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates
+ for some websites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be
+ extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have
+ negative consequences.</li>
+ <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to
+ send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate
+ identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you
+ should consider carefully the CA&apos;s procedures for identifying
+ prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your
+ purposes before selecting this option.</li>
+ <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting
+ this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify
+ the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access
+ to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access
+ privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard
+ disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain
+ that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is
+ operating it. Make sure the CA&apos;s policies and procedures are
+ appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA
+ issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions,
+ make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA
+ provides.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you
+ are about to download. If you decide you don&apos;t want to download this
+ certificate, click Cancel.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="website_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>When you attempt to go to a website that supports the use of
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, you may be faced with an
+ error page. There are two types, one called
+ <a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed</a> and one
+ called <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed
+ Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed
+ Dialog</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet
+ Valid</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed Page</h3>
+
+<p>In the case where you have disabled the SSL protocol (e.g. through
+ <a href="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_settings">SSL/TLS Settings</a>) or the website
+ that you are accessing is using an older, insecure version of the SSL protocol
+ then you will be presented with a page titled &quot;Secure Connection
+ Failed&quot;. That page contains some basic background information (including
+ the <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem
+ &brandShortName; detected with the website) and a <strong>Try Again</strong>
+ button that triggers a page reload.</p>
+
+<h3 id="untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</h3>
+
+<p>If SSL itself is enabled then the error page that you will be presented with
+ will be titled &quot;This Connection is Untrusted&quot;. There are many
+ different reasons why a connection can appear untrusted. Here are some of the
+ most common ones:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>the certificate of the website is <a href="#certificate_expired">no longer
+ valid (expired)</a></li>
+ <li>the certificate of the website is
+ <a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">not yet valid</a></li>
+ <li>the certificate of the website is only valid for another website
+ (<a href="#domain_name_mismatch">domain name mismatch</a>)</li>
+ <li>the certificate of the website is self-signed (thus the identity of the
+ website cannot be verified).</li>
+ <li>the issuer certificate is not trusted (&brandShortName; cannot
+ verify the identity of the website because it doesn&apos;t
+ recognize the <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate
+ authority (CA)</a> that issued the website&apos;s certificate)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The page displayed in the above cases is meant to help you understand why
+ &brandShortName; was unable to establish a secure connection to the website.
+ It starts by telling you that the website&apos;s identity could not be
+ verified, then offers you to leave the page by clicking the <strong>This
+ sounds bad, take me to my home page instead</strong> button. If you are unsure
+ what to do it is recommended that you follow this advice.</p>
+
+<p>If you want to know a little bit more about the actual problem at hand you
+ may expand the corresponding section by clicking the chevron in front of
+ <strong>Technical Details</strong>. That section also contains the
+ <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem
+ &brandShortName; detected with the website.</p>
+
+<h4 id="add_security_exception">Adding a Security Exception</h4>
+
+<p>The <strong>I Understand the Risks</strong> section of the Untrusted
+ Connection page allows you to tell &brandShortName; to explicitly override the
+ security checks for this website by adding an exception. If you expand the
+ section by clicking the chevron in front of it you will see an <strong>Add
+ Exception</strong> button that will take you to a dialog allowing you to get
+ and view the website&apos;s certificate and optionally add a Security
+ Exception for it (either permanently or just for the current session). Those
+ exceptions can be administered through the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p>
+
+<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed Dialog</h3>
+
+<p>In cases where &brandShortName; cannot determine the actual cause of the
+ problem a dialog titled &quot;Secure Connection Failed&quot; is shown in
+ addition to the <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection
+ page</a>. That dialog includes a <strong>View Certificate</strong> button
+ that allows you to examine the website&apos;s certificate more closely.</p>
+
+<h3 id="certificate_expired">Certificate Expired</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+ identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+ valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner
+ of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you
+ attempt to visit a website whose server certificate has expired. The first
+ thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your computer
+ is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is set to a date that is after the
+ expiration date, &brandShortName; treats the website&apos;s certificate as
+ expired.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+ about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend
+ to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites
+ will make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire. If you
+ choose to continue you need to <a href="#add_security_exception">add a
+ security exception</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="certificate_not_yet_valid">Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+ identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+ valid for a specified period of time.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you
+ attempt to visit a website whose server certificate&apos;s validity period has
+ not yet started. The first thing you should do is make sure the time and date
+ displayed by your own computer is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is
+ set to the wrong date, &brandShortName; may treat the server certificate as
+ not yet valid even if this is not the case.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+ about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend
+ to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites
+ will make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun
+ before beginning to use them. If you choose to continue you need to
+ <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3>
+
+<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the
+ name of the server in the form of the website&apos;s domain name. For example,
+ the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the
+ domain name in a server&apos;s certificate doesn&apos;t match the actual
+ domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to
+ intercept your communication with the website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you
+ attempt to visit a website whose server certificate&apos;s domain does not
+ match the domain of the website you are trying to visit. The decision whether
+ to trust the website anyway depends on what you intend to do at the site and
+ what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will make sure that the
+ host name for a website certificate matches the website&apos;s actual host
+ name. If you choose to continue you need to
+ <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway (either for this session or
+ permanently), you should be cautious about what you do on the website, and you
+ should treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38bd3ba845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Manager</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+ It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+ your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+ address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+ recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+ protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more
+ information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using
+ Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow
+ these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#people">People</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#servers">Servers</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#others">Others</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+ Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your
+ certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued
+ them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+ name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+ require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+ certificates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected
+ certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to
+ protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your
+ choice.</li>
+ <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the
+ certificates stored in the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+ Device</a>.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
+ Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
+ Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
+ stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only
+ back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security
+ Device.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+ certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import,
+ Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the
+ backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in
+ <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file
+ to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you
+ set when you backed up the certificate.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup
+ Password</h3>
+
+<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are
+ backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in
+ the Certificate Manager.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up
+ certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that
+ have previously been backed up.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password
+ into this field.</li>
+ <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup
+ password again. If you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you
+ did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try
+ typing the new password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up
+ and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or
+ access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for
+ example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank
+ or investment accounts over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a certificate backup password that
+ is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you
+ a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+ such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+ and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed,
+ however.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see
+ <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+ Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record the password in a safe place&mdash;and
+ not anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible to someone else. If you forget
+ this password, you can&apos;t import the backup of your certificate.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the
+ <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate
+ Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day for reading old
+ email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private
+ key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="people">People</h2>
+
+<p>The People tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a>
+ displays email certificates you have on file that identify other people.</p>
+
+<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager
+ imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to
+ send encrypted messages to those people.</p>
+
+<p>Certificates that identify people are listed under the names of the
+ organizations that issued them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under
+ an organization&apos;s name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+ require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+ certificates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+ certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you
+ to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li>
+ <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+ choose among various formats.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting someone else&apos;s certificate from the
+ <a href="#people">People</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure you
+ won&apos;t need it again some day to send encrypted email to that person or
+ to verify digital signatures on messages from that person.</p>
+
+<h2 id="servers">Servers</h2>
+
+<p>The Servers tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
+ on file that identify servers (websites, mail servers).</p>
+
+<p>Certificates that identify servers are grouped under the names of the
+ organizations that issued them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under
+ an organization&apos;s name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+ require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+ certificates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+ choose among various formats.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Add Exception</strong>: Add a security exception for a server
+ (website, mail server) that identifies itself with invalid information.
+ This is an advanced feature, act with caution.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="delete_website_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a server certificate from the
+ <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure that
+ you won&apos;t need it again for the purposes of identifying a website or
+ mail server and setting up an encrypted connection.</p>
+
+<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+ Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities
+ (CAs)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued
+ them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+ name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions
+ require one or more certificates to be selected):</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+ certificates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Edit Trust</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate
+ Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+ settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that
+ are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li>
+ <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+ certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you
+ to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li>
+ <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+ choose among various formats.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete or Distrust</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To ensure that an entire
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are
+ all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p>
+
+<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You
+ can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its
+ trust settings.</p>
+
+<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The
+ root certificate is the one that lists itself as the issuer.</p>
+
+<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an
+ intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked
+ as trusted in your browser, you don&apos;t have to indicate what purposes you
+ trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust
+ settings of their roots.</p>
+
+<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust
+ Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a CA certificate from the
+ <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and
+ click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust
+ settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA
+ to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not
+ trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p>
+
+<p>The settings have these effects:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate
+ Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+ identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect
+ this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates
+ issued by this CA.</li>
+ <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate
+ Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+ signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate
+ Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li>
+ <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>:
+ Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the
+ purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox,
+ Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this
+ CA.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the
+ <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager,
+ make sure that you won&apos;t need it again to validate certificates issued
+ by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA,
+ Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that
+ CA.</p>
+
+<h2 id="others">Others</h2>
+
+<p>The Others tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
+ on file that do not fit in any of the other categories, i.e. certificates
+ that neither belong to you, other people, servers or CAs.</p>
+
+<p>Other certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that
+ issued them. If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an
+ organization&apos;s name, double-click the name to expand it.</p>
+
+<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+ certificates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can
+ choose among various formats.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window.
+ For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the
+ Device Manager, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+ Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security
+ devices managed by each module below the module&apos;s name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item
+ appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right
+ side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on
+ a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate
+ button:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device.</li>
+ <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After
+ you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it
+ contains will not be available until you log in again.</li>
+ <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the
+ selected security device.</li>
+ <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify
+ the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module,
+ you should first install the module software on your computer and if
+ necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions
+ provided by the vendor.</li>
+ <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a
+ module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available
+ for use by the browser.</li>
+ <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more
+ information, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS
+ Mode</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6aae1b376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to
+ use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related
+ to certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li>
+ <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and
+ Decisions</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy &amp; Security
+ Preferences - Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view
+ Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3>
+
+<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The
+ option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate
+ to present among those you may have on file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want
+ the browser to select a certificate without asking you.</li>
+ <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser
+ to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards&mdash;they help other
+ people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and
+ organizations.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage
+ Certificates. See <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates">Managing
+ Certificates</a> for further information on this dialog.</p>
+
+<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3>
+
+<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your
+ certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your
+ browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use
+ additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security
+ Devices. See <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+ Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a> for further information on
+ this dialog.</p>
+
+<h3 id="ocsp">OCSP</h3>
+
+<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates that
+ is generated and signed by a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority
+ (CA)</a>. The Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) makes it possible for
+ Certificate Manager to perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s
+ validity each time the certificate is viewed or used. This process involves
+ checking the certificate against a CRL maintained at a server specified by
+ the CA of that certificate. Your computer must be online for OCSP to work.</p>
+
+<p>The following settings in the OCSP section of the Certificates preferences
+ panel determine how Certificate Manager uses OCSP:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Use the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) to confirm the
+ current validity of certificates</strong>: Select this if you want
+ Certificate Manager to perform an online status check each time it verifies
+ a certificate. Certificate Manager makes sure that the certificate is
+ listed as valid at the URL and checks validity period and trust settings.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If this setting is not selected, Certificate
+ Manager will only confirm the certificate&apos;s validity period and that
+ it is correctly signed by a CA whose own CA certificate is both listed
+ under the CA Certificates tab (in the main Certificate Manager window)
+ and marked as trusted for issuing that kind of certificate.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When an OCSP server connection fails, treat the certificate as
+ invalid</strong>: Select this if you want the validation to fail if a
+ connection to the OCSP server can&apos;t be established, thus enforcing
+ that a certificate always must be positively validated for each use.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more detailed information on certificate validation, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How Certificate
+ Validation Works</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf560b76d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,2625 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with
+ &brandShortName; Composer</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish
+ them on the web. You don&apos;t have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as
+ easy to use as a word processor.</p>
+
+<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages,
+ colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on
+ the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with
+ other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program
+ they use.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any
+ &brandShortName; window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" alt="" /></div>
+<div style="margin-inline-start: 50px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web
+ Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to
+ Your Web Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page">Adding
+ Mathematical Formulas to Your Web Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in
+ Composer</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on
+ the Web</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your
+ New Page</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that
+ allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What
+ You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look
+ to the reader as you&apos;re creating it. It is not necessary for you to know
+ HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from
+ the toolbars and menus.</p>
+
+<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the
+ HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the
+ &lt;HTML&gt; Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the
+ Composer window.</p>
+
+<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once
+ you&apos;ve started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would
+ in a word processor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer
+ window containing a blank page opens.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a page you&apos;re currently viewing in the
+ browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>In the browser window of the page you&apos;re viewing, open the File
+ menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the
+ page you&apos;re viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the New button in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer
+ window.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File
+ dialog box.</li>
+ <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li>
+ <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li>
+ <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example,
+ <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press
+ <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most
+ recent file you&apos;ve been working on by opening the File menu, choosing
+ Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New
+ Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a
+ document in HTML format preserves the document&apos;s formatting, such
+ as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images.
+ Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but
+ preserves the document&apos;s text.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the
+ Composition toolbar.
+
+ <p>If you haven&apos;t already given your page a title, Composer prompts
+ you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser
+ window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in the browser. The
+ document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of bookmarks
+ if you bookmark the page.</p>
+
+ <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location
+ where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html
+ extension in the filename.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images
+ and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally
+ on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you
+ must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See
+ <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information
+ on changing Composer&apos;s setting for saving pages.</p>
+
+<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are
+ connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in
+ Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the
+ page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won&apos;t see the
+ image in the local version of the document.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li>
+ <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the
+ file.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the
+ text-only format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File
+ menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which
+ you&apos;re working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p>
+
+<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the
+ Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer
+ prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer
+ window remains open behind the new browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting
+ Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color,
+ Style, and Font</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or
+ Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing
+ Text</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal
+ Lines</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special
+ Characters</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML
+ Elements and Attributes</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing
+ Mode</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs,
+ Headings, and Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin,
+ or select the text you want to format.</li>
+ <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and
+ style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after
+ the text.</li>
+ <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to
+ begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom
+ margins.</li>
+ <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the
+ paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while
+ Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li>
+ <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q>
+ that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for
+ more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt>
+
+ <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This
+ format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a
+ horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in
+ italics.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code
+ examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a
+ fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces,
+ tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted
+ style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout
+ of the original text.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To format text as a heading:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you
+ want to format.</li>
+ <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of
+ heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q>
+ for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so
+ forth.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To apply a list item format:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want
+ to format.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li>
+ <li>Choose the list style:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it
+ (as in this list).</li>
+ <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li>
+ <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two
+ styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the
+ Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the
+ definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition
+ text appears indented.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of
+ text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List
+ <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" />
+ or Bulleted List
+ <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" />
+ buttons on the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you
+ want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to
+ apply a new style to the entire list.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li>
+ <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered
+ lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can
+ change the bullet style.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a
+ list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p>
+
+<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or
+ aligning to the left or right:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text
+ you want to align.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment
+ option.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align
+ text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and
+ press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to
+ end the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the
+ list items.</li>
+ <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted
+ list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li>
+ <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the hanging indent.</li>
+ <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li>
+ <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press
+ <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the
+ next list item.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list
+ items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or
+ Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a
+ list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press
+ <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p>
+
+<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of
+ the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists
+ will also become part of the merged list.</li>
+ <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to
+ merge the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and
+ Font</h2>
+
+<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the text you want to format.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to
+ use fonts specified by the reader&apos;s browser, select Variable
+ Width or Fixed Width.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: The fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and
+ Courier generally look the same when viewed on different computers.
+ If you select a different font, it may not look the same when viewed
+ using a different computer.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font
+ size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative
+ to the surrounding text).</li>
+ <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as
+ italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for
+ example, Code.</li>
+ <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the
+ color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes,
+ you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for
+ example, <q>blue</q>). You&apos;ll find the official W3C list of CSS
+ supported color names
+ <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>,
+ and another list of commonly supported color names
+ <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>.
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the background color of the page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li>
+ <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li>
+ <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color
+ last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color
+ block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one
+ color for separate lines of text.</p>
+
+<p>You can also use an image as a background. See
+ <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+ Backgrounds</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text
+ Styles</h2>
+
+<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the text.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li>
+ <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text
+ styles.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li>
+ <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2>
+
+<p>To find text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+ search.</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+ Replace dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow
+ the search, check one or more of the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+ the search is for case-sensitive text.</li>
+ <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+ page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether
+ you are searching forward or backwards.</li>
+ <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the
+ insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first
+ occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next
+ occurrence.</li>
+ <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To find and replace text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+ search.</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+ Replace dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li>
+ <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+ the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don&apos;t select this
+ option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower
+ case.</li>
+ <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+ page and then start again from the top.</li>
+ <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end
+ to the beginning of the page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the
+ next occurrence of the text.</li>
+ <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text.
+ Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next
+ occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document
+ with the replacement text.</li>
+ <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2>
+
+<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a
+ document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>)
+ in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to
+ appear.</li>
+ <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line
+ Properties</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize a line&apos;s height, length, width, alignment, and
+ shading.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>Edit any of these properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of
+ window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage,
+ the line&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s
+ or browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+ <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line&apos;s height
+ (in pixels).</li>
+ <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line
+ by adding a bevel shading.</li>
+ <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the
+ line (left, center, or right).</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time
+ you insert a horizontal line.</li>
+ <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced
+ Edit. See the section,
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>,
+ for details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to
+ show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select
+ everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to
+ display the
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>
+ dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2>
+
+<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency
+ symbols:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character
+ to appear.</li>
+ <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the
+ Insert Character dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select a category of characters.
+ <ul>
+ <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the
+ Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an
+ accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select
+ Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols
+ or fractions.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to
+ insert.</li>
+ <li>Click Insert.
+
+ <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window)
+ while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it
+ again.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and
+ Attributes</h2>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert
+ additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are
+ not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to change it.
+ To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or
+ select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose
+ HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then
+ click Insert.</li>
+ <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+ horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+ dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+ Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes,
+ JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the &lt;HTML&gt;
+ Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.
+ (If you don&apos;t see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose
+ Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property
+ Editor</h3>
+
+<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images,
+ and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or
+ modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it&apos;s best not to do
+ so.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li>
+ <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties
+ dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object&apos;s Advanced Property Editor.
+ The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the
+ current properties for the selected object:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+ additional HTML attributes.</li>
+ <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+ additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the
+ &lt;style&gt; attribute. For more information on using CSS styles
+ in Composer, see
+ <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+ JavaScript events.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the
+ attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute&apos;s name
+ or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of
+ the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field
+ at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added
+ when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in
+ the list, and click Remove Attribute.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the
+ Attribute list.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2>
+
+<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you
+ should first check the document&apos;s HTML formatting to make sure it
+ conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less
+ likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually
+ checking your web pages in the browser doesn&apos;t ensure that your document
+ will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p>
+
+<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document
+ conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses
+ the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document&apos;s HTML
+ syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides
+ information on how to correct errors.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this
+ feature.</p>
+
+<p>To validate your document&apos;s HTML syntax:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved
+ changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li>
+ <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click <q>Browse</q>
+ and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Check</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Typically, you won&apos;t need to change the editing mode from the default
+ (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document&apos;s HTML source
+ code, you may want to change editing modes.</p>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views.
+ Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but
+ displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p>
+
+<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a
+ checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document
+ will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to
+ show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons
+ are hidden.</li>
+ <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag
+ icons.</li>
+ <li><strong>&lt;HTML&gt; Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit
+ the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the
+ document, the Normal mode reappears.</li>
+ <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the
+ document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except
+ that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java,
+ embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of
+ the editing modes. To display these items in their active
+ state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to
+ load the page into a browser window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+ Properties</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and
+ Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and
+ Deleting Tables</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a
+ Table</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2>
+
+<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted
+ rows and columns. To insert a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li>
+ <li>Click the Table button
+ <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+ Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li>
+ <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want.
+ <ul>
+ <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either
+ percentage of the window or pixels.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no
+ border.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate
+ tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+ is viewed in a browser.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit
+ to display the
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see
+ <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+ Properties</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the
+ Insert menu and choose Table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s Properties</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire
+ table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If
+ you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li>
+ <li>Click the Table button
+ <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+ toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table
+ Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li>
+ <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and
+ columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of
+ window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the
+ table&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s or
+ browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+ <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels,
+ the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding
+ (the space between the contents of the cell and its border).
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display
+ tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+ is viewed in a browser.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within
+ the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li>
+ <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the
+ drop-down list.</li>
+ <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for
+ the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+ to display the <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced
+ Property Editor</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+ click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose
+ Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+ <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the
+ drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns,
+ or cells.</li>
+ <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then
+ choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal
+ alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li>
+ <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list
+ for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the
+ cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li>
+ <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don&apos;t wrap</q> from the
+ drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you
+ insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li>
+ <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell
+ background or leave it as transparent.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript
+ events, click Advanced Edit to display the
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+ Editor</a>
+ </p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+ click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one
+ or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click
+ anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color
+ icon in the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used,
+ select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker.
+ This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows,
+ Columns, and Cells</h2>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns,
+ or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to
+ maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while
+ you perform editing tasks.</p>
+
+<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li>
+ <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li>
+ <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table
+ within a table cell.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or,
+ select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To
+ select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select.
+ To select individual cells in a table, hold down the
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+ on the cells you want to select.</li>
+ <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li>
+ <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and
+ choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li>
+ <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then
+ choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined
+ cell into the first of the two cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a>
+ for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and
+ columns.</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table
+ Editing Behavior</h3>
+
+<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the
+ table&apos;s structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever
+ needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain
+ the table&apos;s original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise,
+ deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline
+ appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu, choose Preferences, and then choose
+ Composer.</li>
+ <li>Under Editing, set the following preference:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or
+ deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don&apos;t get an
+ irregularly shaped table.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li class="win">Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2>
+
+<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of
+ cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+ an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere
+ inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+ Table.</li>
+ <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool:
+ <ul>
+ <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then
+ drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to
+ select a row; up or down to select a column.</li>
+ <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+ <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep
+ pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>
+ as you click to select additional cells.</li>
+ <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a
+ cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li>
+ <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down
+ to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to
+ select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+ and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+ and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting
+ Tables</h2>
+
+<p>To move a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click inside the table.</li>
+ <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu&apos;s cut, copy, and
+ paste options.</li>
+ <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and
+ then choose Table.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2>
+
+<p>To convert text into a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that
+ Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li>
+ <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the
+ Convert to Table dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into
+ columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as
+ the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to
+ ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li>
+ <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove
+ the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you
+ don&apos;t want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this
+ option.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text
+ is converted to a table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web
+ Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into
+ Your Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your
+ Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images
+ into your web page. You can also use them to
+ <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image,
+ Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web,
+ it&apos;s best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+ before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically
+ use relative references to images once you insert them.</p>
+
+<p>To insert an image:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to
+ appear.</li>
+ <li>Click the Image button
+ <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" />
+ on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the
+ Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File
+ to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+ <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will
+ appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is
+ loading or when image loading is disabled.
+
+ <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for
+ example, alignment) in the
+ <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto
+ your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a
+ paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve inserted an image into your page, you can edit its
+ properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height,
+ width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing
+ the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button
+ <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar
+ to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of
+ the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your
+ hard drive or network.</li>
+ <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+ Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+ This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+ server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you
+ to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+ regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+ <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+ (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to
+ images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+ disk).</p>
+
+ <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save
+ the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not
+ available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+ compose window.)</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked,
+ the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a
+ link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only
+ available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+ compose window.)</li>
+ <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in
+ place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief
+ description of the image. It&apos;s a good practice to specify
+ alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have
+ image loading turned off.</li>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option
+ if the image does not require alternate text or if you don&apos;t want
+ to include it.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes
+ you&apos;ve made to the dimensions and return the image to its original
+ size.</li>
+ <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new
+ height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting
+ doesn&apos;t affect the original image file, just the image inserted
+ in your page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it&apos;s
+ a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image&apos;s aspect
+ ratio (so that it doesn&apos;t appear distorted). If you choose this
+ option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not
+ both.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding
+ the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a
+ solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels.
+ Specify zero for no border.</li>
+ <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you&apos;ve placed your
+ image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you
+ want text positioned relative to the image.</li>
+ <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map
+ settings.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define
+ a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or
+ select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose
+ File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+ <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+ Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+ This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+ server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+ keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+ regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+ <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+ (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files
+ on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+ <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+ to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+ the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked,
+ displays the link highlight color around the image.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+ to display the
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page">Adding Mathematical
+ Formulas to Your Web Page</h1>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_a_mathematical_formula_into_your_page">Inserting a
+ Mathematical Formula into Your Web Page</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer allows you to write mathematical formulas, encoded
+ in your web page as <a href="glossary.xhtml#mathml">MathML</a> and
+ generated from a convenient
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#latex">LaTeX</a>-like syntax.</p>
+
+<p>To insert a formula:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the formula to
+ appear.</li>
+ <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Math. You see the Math Insert dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>Enter your LaTeX source code, for example <tt>\frac{\sqrt{\pi}}{3}</tt>
+ to write
+ <math display="inline" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mfrac><msqrt><mi>Ï€</mi></msqrt><mn>3</mn></mfrac><annotation encoding="TeX">\frac{\sqrt{\pi}}{3}</annotation></semantics></math>.
+ In order to help you, a preview of the formula as well as a panel of
+ predefined constructions are available. For details, see
+ <a href="#editing_the_latex_source">Editing the LaTeX source</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Choose the style for your formula:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Inline mode</strong>: If selected, the formula is inserted
+ inside the current paragraph of text and rendered in a way that
+ minimizes its height as much as possible. This mode is typically used
+ for small expressions. For example this is an expression in inline mode:
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msub><mo>∫</mo><mi>D</mi></msub><mi>x</mi><mi>d</mi><mi>x</mi></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\int_D x dx</annotation></semantics></math>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Display mode</strong>: If selected, the formula is inserted
+ in its own block and uses the standard rendering. This mode is typically
+ used for large expressions. For example this is an expression in display
+ mode:
+ <math display="block" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msubsup><mo>∫</mo><mi>a</mi><mi>b</mi></msubsup><mrow><mi>f</mi><mo stretchy="false">(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo stretchy="false">)</mo></mrow><mspace width="thinmathspace"/><mi>d</mi><mi>x</mi></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\int_a^b {f(x)}\, dx</annotation></semantics></math></li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Choose the overall direction of your formula:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Left-to-right direction</strong>: If selected, the formula
+ will be laid out from left to right, e.g. <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><msqrt><mi>x</mi></msqrt><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt{x}</annotation></semantics></math>.
+ This is the standard orientation in most countries.</li>
+ <li><strong>Right-to-left direction</strong>: If selected, the formula
+ will be laid out from right to left, e.g.
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" dir="rtl"><semantics><msqrt><mi>ج</mi></msqrt><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt{ج}</annotation></semantics></math>.
+ This is the standard orientation in some Arabic countries.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Verify that the LaTeX source does not contain any syntax error and click
+ Insert to create your new formula.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To modify a mathematical formula, move the insertion point inside it.
+ Then open the context menu and choose Advanced Properties to
+ <a href="#editing_the_latex_source">edit the LaTeX source</a> again.
+ Alternatively, you can open the Insert menu and choose Math.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; Composer attaches the LaTeX source to
+ the generated MathML expressions so that they can be edited again. In
+ general it is currently not possible to edit an arbitrary MathML expression
+ unless it has a LaTeX expression associated that is supported by
+ &brandShortName; Composer.
+</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_the_latex_source">Editing the LaTeX Source</h2>
+
+<p>The Insert Math box contains a text field where you can enter mathematical
+ expressions using a <a href="glossary.xhtml#latex">LaTeX</a>-like syntax.
+ If you are not familiar with LaTeX, here are the basics:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Use standard plain text notations for simple expressions:
+ <tt>x_1 + 2^y</tt> generates
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msub><mi>x</mi><mn>1</mn></msub><mo>+</mo><msup><mn>2</mn><mi>y</mi></msup></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">x_1 + 2^y</annotation></semantics></math>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Use braces to define groups: <tt>2^x+y</tt> generates
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msup><mn>2</mn><mi>x</mi></msup><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">2^x+y</annotation></semantics></math>
+ while <tt>2^{x+y}</tt> generates
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><msup><mn>2</mn><mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow></msup><annotation encoding="TeX">2^{x+y}</annotation></semantics></math>
+ </li>
+ <li>Use LaTeX commands of the form
+ <tt>\commandname[option1,option2,...] argument1 argument2 ...</tt> to define
+ complex expressions: <tt>\gamma</tt>, <tt>\frac a b</tt>, <tt>\sqrt x</tt>
+ and <tt>\sqrt[3]x</tt> generate
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mi>γ</mi><annotation encoding="TeX">\gamma</annotation></semantics></math>,
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mfrac><mi>a</mi><mi>b</mi></mfrac><annotation encoding="TeX">\frac a b</annotation></semantics></math>,
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><msqrt><mi>x</mi></msqrt><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt x</annotation></semantics></math> and
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mroot><mi>x</mi><mn>3</mn></mroot><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt[3] x</annotation></semantics></math> respectively.
+ </li>
+ <li>Use LaTeX environments
+ of the form <tt>\begin{environmentname} ... \end{environmentname}</tt>
+ to define blocks with a special syntax. This is typically used for arrays:
+ <tt>\begin{matrix} a &amp; b &amp; c \\ d &amp; e &amp; f \end{matrix}</tt>
+ generates
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mtable displaystyle="false" rowspacing="0.5ex"><mtr><mtd><mi>a</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>b</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>c</mi></mtd></mtr><mtr><mtd><mi>d</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>e</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>f</mi></mtd></mtr></mtable><annotation encoding="TeX">\begin{matrix}a &amp; b &amp; c \\ d &amp; e &amp; f \end{matrix}</annotation></semantics></math>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Use special commands to escape characters:
+ <tt>\backslash \&amp; \{ \}</tt> generates
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><mo>\</mo><mi>&amp;</mi><mo stretchy="false">{</mo><mo stretchy="false">}</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\backslash \&amp; \{ \}</annotation></semantics></math>.
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>There exists a large collection of LaTeX commands and there is not any
+ finite and well-defined list of them. &brandShortName; Composer only supports
+ the <a href="https://github.com/fred-wang/TeXZilla/wiki/TeXZilla-Commands">TeXZilla commands</a>
+ which are themselves based on the <a href="https://golem.ph.utexas.edu/~distler/blog/itex2MMLcommands.html">itex2MML commands</a>
+ and should cover the most popular constructions. One of the nice features of
+ TeXZilla is that it accepts arbitrary characters as input so that
+ <tt>\left⌊α^2\right⌋</tt> is equivalent to the more verbose
+ <tt>\left\lfloor\alpha^2\right\rfloor</tt> and generates
+ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><mo>⌊</mo><msup><mi>α</mi><mn>2</mn></msup><mo>⌋</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\left⌊α^2\right⌋</annotation></semantics></math>.</p>
+
+<p>You do not need to know all the LaTeX commands to edit formulas. Instead, a
+ panel of predefined expressions is available. Click any of the panel buttons
+ to insert the corresponding LaTeX expression. Arguments in LaTeX expressions
+ are represented by ellipses. You can just edit the LaTeX source to
+ replace them with the actual content you want.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you select a subexpression in the LaTeX source field
+ and use the construction panel to insert a LaTeX expression with at least one
+ argument, that subexpression will be used as the first argument of the
+ new expression.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page
+ Properties and Meta Tags</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+ Backgrounds</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta
+ Tags</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title,
+ author, and description of the document you&apos;re currently working on.
+ This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since
+ search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view
+ this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and
+ choosing Page Info.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li>
+ <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the
+ window title when someone views the page through a browser. This
+ is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title
+ that conveys what your page is about.</li>
+ <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the
+ document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the
+ document by using a web search tool to search on name.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in
+ Composer&apos;s <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then
+ you won&apos;t have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the
+ document&apos;s contents.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+ Backgrounds</h2>
+
+<p>You can change the background color or specify a background
+ image for the page you&apos;re currently working on. These choices
+ affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing
+ the page through a browser.</p>
+
+<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin
+ from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li>
+ <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you
+ want your page to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+ for text and links.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to
+ specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color
+ from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link
+ appears in the pane on the right.</li>
+ <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the
+ background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image
+ file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard
+ drive or network.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+ background color selections.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+ Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+ This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+ server so that others can view them.
+
+ <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in
+ the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location
+ on your hard disk or a web server.</p>
+
+ <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a
+ full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking
+ to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+ disk).</p>
+
+ <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in
+ order to enable this checkbox.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events,
+ click Advanced Edit to display the
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+ Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page
+ background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within
+ the Same Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other
+ Pages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing
+ Links</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same
+ Page</h2>
+
+<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader
+ can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an
+ <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the
+ anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you
+ want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li>
+ <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor
+ Properties dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30
+ characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores
+ ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a
+ name.</li>
+ <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the
+ anchor&apos;s location:
+ <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+ <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see
+ the Link Properties dialog box.
+ <ul>
+ <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to an HTML file on your computer,
+ click Choose File to locate it.</li>
+ <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a named anchor (target), select
+ it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li>
+ <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a level heading (for example,
+ Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently
+ available in the page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File
+ menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can
+ use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in
+ the page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2>
+
+<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or
+ on your workplace&apos;s network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+ before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically
+ use relative references for links once you create them.</p>
+
+<p>To create a link to another page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or
+ select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+ <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Define your link:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you&apos;ve already selected an image
+ file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or
+ file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you
+ want to use as the link.</li>
+ <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or
+ remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you&apos;re not sure of
+ the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for
+ it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL
+ from the browser&apos;s Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a
+ named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link
+ to.</li>
+ <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+ Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+ This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+ server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+ keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+ regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+ <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+ (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages
+ on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+ <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+ to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+ the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If
+ checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to
+ the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location
+ is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the
+ Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+ to display the
+ <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+ <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click
+ the link to make sure it works as expected.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging
+ the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For
+ example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail
+ window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac">
+ or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a
+ web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the
+ link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog
+ box.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2>
+
+<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in
+ your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window
+ displays the page that the image is linked to.</p>
+
+<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select an image on your page.</li>
+ <li>Click the Link button
+ <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" />
+ on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li>
+ <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a
+ <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading
+ within the page</a>, or to a
+ <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>.
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window
+ into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border that can appear around
+ images used as links:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the linked image.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Image and Link Properties.</li>
+ <li>In the dialog box, select the Link tab.</li>
+ <li>Uncheck <q>Show border around linked image</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included
+ as part of the link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li>
+ <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1>
+
+<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages,
+ but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote
+ computer called a web server.</p>
+
+<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your
+ pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide
+ space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server
+ where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system
+ administrator.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published
+ Document</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the
+ Filename or Publishing Location</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing
+ Site</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default
+ Publishing Site</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing
+ Site</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+ Problems</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+ before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to
+ automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert
+ them.</p>
+
+<p>To publish a document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer
+ document.</li>
+ <li>When you&apos;re ready to publish the document remotely, click the
+ Publish button.
+
+ <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the
+ document&apos;s publishing settings and starts publishing the document.
+ While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status
+ dialog box.</p>
+ <ul>
+ <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays
+ the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter
+ information about the document&apos;s remote publishing location. See
+ <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+ information. When you&apos;re done entering information, click Publish.
+ </li>
+ <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish
+ tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the
+ document&apos;s filename. See
+ <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more
+ information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the
+ page&apos;s links and make sure there are no missing images.</li>
+ <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you&apos;re ready to update
+ the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the
+ document&apos;s <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate
+ that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the
+ document locally (on your computer&apos;s hard disk), click the Save button.
+ You&apos;ll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk
+ for the document.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding
+ Broken Links or Missing Images</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file
+ extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG
+ file extension. Don&apos;t use spaces or other special symbols in your
+ filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase
+ letters and numbers.</li>
+ <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the
+ web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you
+ published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish
+ Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images
+ and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see
+ <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+ Problems</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2>
+
+<p>To update a published document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+ select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location
+ of the document you want to update by entering the document&apos;s HTTP
+ address (the document&apos;s web address) in the browser&apos;s
+ Location Bar.</p></li>
+ <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+ <li>When you&apos;re ready to update the remote page with your changes, click
+ Publish in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you&apos;ve published on a
+ web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer
+ Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create
+ subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service
+ provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find
+ information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+ provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites
+ such as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or
+ Publishing Location</h2>
+
+<p>To change a document&apos;s filename or publishing location:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+ select the document from the list.
+
+ <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update
+ by entering the document&apos;s HTTP address (the document&apos;s web
+ address) in the browser&apos;s Location Bar.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+ <li>Open Composer&apos;s File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays
+ the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li>
+ <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li>
+ <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use.
+ To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See
+ <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+ information.</li>
+ <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can
+ set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you
+ use, so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you want to
+ publish.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+ displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click New Site.</li>
+ <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to
+ this publishing site.
+
+ <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents
+ related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site
+ name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents
+ you publish at each site.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to
+ you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This
+ URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+
+ <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+ published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+ ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL
+ that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this
+ site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+ <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+ this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+ what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+ it blank.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP
+ or web hosting service.</li>
+ <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li>
+ <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using
+ Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you
+ publish pages at this site.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing
+ Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use
+ only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site
+ you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the
+ default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you
+ specifically choose an alternate site.</p>
+
+<p>Regardless of how many sites you&apos;ve set up, you can always publish a
+ document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer&apos;s
+ File menu. See
+ <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename
+ or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+ Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select a publishing site from the list.
+
+ <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that
+ one as the default site.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Set as Default.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site&apos;s settings from Composer.
+ If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site&apos;s
+ settings.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a publishing site&apos;s settings, begin from a Composer
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+ displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li>
+ <li>Click Remove Site.
+
+ <p>Composer only removes the site&apos;s settings; the remote site itself
+ is not affected.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+ Problems</h2>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing
+ Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you
+ determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p>
+
+<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your
+ hard disk by opening Composer&apos;s File menu, and choosing Save. You
+ can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To
+ quickly locate the file later, open Composer&apos;s File menu, and
+ choose Recent Pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+ Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+ Settings</h3>
+
+<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li>
+ <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are
+ correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you&apos;re not
+ sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing
+ settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the
+ settings.</li>
+ <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing
+ address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the
+ publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or
+ the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as
+ <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your
+ user name.
+
+ <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the
+ publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+ For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned
+ site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3>
+
+<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the
+ filenames:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it&apos;s
+ acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid
+ potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use
+ lowercase letters in your filenames.
+
+ <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become
+ case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember
+ files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of
+ uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+
+ <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the
+ filename&apos;s web address into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, you
+ must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same
+ combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Don&apos;t use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ )
+ or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li>
+ <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li>
+ <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages
+ Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box.
+ You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what
+ to do to fix the problem.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <p>Error Messages:</p>
+ <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to
+ publish.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var>
+ doesn&apos;t exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is
+ already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is
+ already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your
+ connection and try again later.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this
+ location.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon
+ near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to
+ save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p>
+ <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too
+ long.</tt></a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt>
+ <p>or</p>
+ <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files
+ failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical
+ reasons might be:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li>
+ <li>The file&apos;s location on the web is not accessible.</li>
+ <li>The file&apos;s location was changed or the file was deleted or
+ moved to another location.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken
+ images will appear with this icon
+ <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the
+ page. To correct the image&apos;s address, double-click the broken
+ image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the
+ correct address.</li>
+ <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on
+ the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd>
+ on your keyboard.</li>
+ <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides
+ is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li>
+ <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct
+ location of the CSS file. To fix the file&apos;s address in Composer,
+ click the HTML Source tab and edit the file&apos;s location in the HTML
+ source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar
+ with HTML tags.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn&apos;t exist on this
+ site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+ subdirectory</tt>
+ <p>or</p>
+ <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+ subdirectory</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote
+ subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only
+ publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing
+ location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an
+ existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p>
+
+ <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name
+ of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li>
+ <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed
+ the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing
+ location.</li>
+ <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a
+ subdirectory at the publishing site.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete
+ subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they
+ recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on
+ FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+ provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware
+ sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li>
+ <li>Don&apos;t use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or
+ <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q>
+ or <q>.htm</q>.</li>
+ <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a
+ subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again
+ later.</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For
+ example:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li>
+ <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li>
+ <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet
+ might not be functioning correctly.</li>
+ <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable
+ due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li>
+ <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical
+ problems.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered
+ them correctly. See
+ <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+ Settings</a> for more information.</li>
+ <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+ web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+ successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+ <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware,
+ telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning
+ properly.</li>
+ <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are
+ attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but
+ cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting
+ service may be experiencing technical problems.</li>
+ <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web
+ server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a
+ location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites
+ where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the
+ Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the
+ Publish dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their
+ site.</li>
+ <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In
+ the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner
+ of any window to go online.</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but
+ your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the
+ <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q>
+ state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p>
+
+ <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at
+ the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName;
+ window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as
+ <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the
+ icon should look like this:
+ <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li>
+ <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+ web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+ successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file
+ <var>filename</var>.</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server&apos;s hard
+ disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated
+ to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your
+ publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+ particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs
+ in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s website.
+ FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet
+ Downloads.</li>
+ <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your
+ disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy
+ your needs.</li>
+ <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the
+ network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different
+ location that has more disk space, or if you can request that
+ additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing
+ location.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+ <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+ <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+ <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt>
+ </div>
+
+ <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the
+ filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server
+ computer that you are trying to publish to.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than
+ 32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32
+ characters.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes Composer&apos;s publishing settings. For
+ information on Composer&apos;s general and new page settings, see
+ <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want
+ to publish a document. These settings apply to the current
+ document.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page
+ dialog box appears.</li>
+ <li>Click the Publish tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you&apos;ve
+ created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To
+ create a new site, click New Site.</li>
+ <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s page title as
+ it appears in the browser window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in
+ the browser. The document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of
+ bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s filename. Make
+ sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename.
+
+ <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you&apos;re
+ publishing to has the same filename as one you&apos;re uploading, the
+ newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be
+ asked to confirm the action.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this
+ blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing
+ directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote
+ subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory
+ at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from
+ the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so
+ you can select from a list of remote locations you&apos;ve previously
+ used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must
+ already exist at the remote server.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked,
+ Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this
+ page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as
+ the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a
+ remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing
+ directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete
+ published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer
+ Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+ particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP
+ programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s
+ website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such
+ as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for
+ the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote
+ site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you
+ publish to this location.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow
+ these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box
+ appears.</li>
+ <li>Click the Settings tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for
+ this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this
+ publishing site.</li>
+ <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+ to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with
+ either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to
+ as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>.
+
+ <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+ published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+ ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete
+ address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the
+ home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as
+ part of the URL.
+
+ <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this
+ URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to
+ enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into
+ your ISP or network.</li>
+ <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+ name.</li>
+ <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your
+ password securely using Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to
+ enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and
+ delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default
+ publishing site.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+ Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing
+ site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list
+ of available publishing sites.</li>
+ <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the
+ default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is
+ the remote location that you most often use for publishing
+ documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to
+ the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an
+ alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box.
+
+ <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the
+ File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing
+ destination.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings
+ from Composer.</li>
+ <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer
+ to this publishing site.</li>
+ <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+ to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin
+ with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+
+ <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents
+ are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to
+ enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP
+ address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a
+ filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+ <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+ this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+ what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+ it blank.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to
+ your ISP or network.</li>
+ <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+ name.</li>
+ <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your
+ password securely using Password Manager so you don&apos;t have to enter
+ it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If
+ you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on Composer&apos;s publishing settings, see
+ <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2>
+
+<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for
+ table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Composer category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum
+ number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li>
+ <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you
+ want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the
+ HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add
+ linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This
+ preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser
+ window.</em></li>
+ <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving
+ pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style
+ Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as
+ the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the
+ document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is
+ saved.
+
+ <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all
+ related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when
+ you save the page to your hard disk.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If
+ checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you
+ click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not
+ checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs
+ more information in order to publish the page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>:
+ Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table&apos;s
+ layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where
+ needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells,
+ Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with
+ empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number
+ of cells.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>:
+ Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer
+ documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+ formatting with CSS inline styles for elements.
+
+ <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+ formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p>
+
+ <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more
+ maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers.
+ If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without
+ CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p>
+
+ <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for
+ selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format
+ toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the
+ page. (These features are not available if this preference is not
+ enabled.)</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a
+ paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new
+ paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return
+ </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If
+ deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd
+ class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2>
+
+<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and
+ background images that apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the
+ HTML source code for each new page you create.</li>
+ <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you always
+ want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+ for text and link elements.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to
+ specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for
+ each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each
+ element.</li>
+ <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image
+ file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or
+ network.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+ background color.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and
+ choose Page Title and Properties.</p>
+
+<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open
+ the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a60e2eca91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,701 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are
+ not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fayt">Find As You Type</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#offline_apps">Offline Apps</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to
+ use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;&apos;.</li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Check default application settings on startup</strong>:
+ Select this to have &brandShortName; check whether it is the default
+ application for tasks like browsing and mail. If &brandShortName; detects
+ on startup that it is not the default application for any of these tasks,
+ a dialog will appear that allows you to choose which tasks &brandShortName;
+ should handle by default.</li>
+ <li><strong>Submit crash reports</strong>: Select this to enable the Mozilla
+ Crash Reporter. If &brandShortName; crashes, you will be asked in each case
+ whether to report the issue.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts &amp;
+ Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences
+ panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how
+ JavaScript and plugins are used:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Select this to turn on JavaScript for web
+ pages opened in the browser.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control
+ how JavaScript can be used:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows
+ to be resized or moved.</li>
+ <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed
+ under or on top of other windows.</li>
+ <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be
+ hidden.</li>
+ <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be
+ changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li>
+ <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or
+ animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse
+ cursor is placed over them).</li>
+ <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click
+ menus<span class="mac"> or, if you&apos;re using a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by
+ webpages.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Use these checkboxes to control how
+ plugins are used:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Suite</strong>: Globally enables or disables plugins.</li>
+ <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When a page requires plugins</strong>: Select these
+ checkboxes to control what &brandShortName; should do if a web page requires
+ plugins:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Activate all plugins by default</strong>: If you select this,
+ &brandShortName; will load and run all plugins found on the web page.
+ Otherwise, if the page requires plugins, &brandShortName; will show a
+ notification (plugin icon in the location bar or notification bar), plus
+ a placeholder for every plugin instance found on the page (unless the
+ website is whitelisted, see below).
+ You can activate individual visible plugin instances with a left mouse
+ click or use the notification to activate all the plugins on the page.
+ From the notification you have the option to either temporarily activate
+ the plugins or remember the choice for the current website. Remembered
+ choices can be edited using the Data Manager (Permissions tab).</li>
+ <li><strong>Warn me if additional plugins need to be installed</strong>:
+ When a website requires a plugin which is not installed,
+ a notification bar will be displayed above the website content area.
+ From the bar you will be able to download and install the missing
+ plugin.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about plugins, see
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences
+ panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use
+ the keyboard to navigate in web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li class="noMac"><strong>Tab Key Navigation</strong>: Select which elements
+ should be taken into account when using the Tab key on a page:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
+ <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li>
+ <li><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection
+ lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
+ <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons,
+ check boxes, and selection lists.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Browse With Caret</strong>: Select if and how <a
+ href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a> should be used:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Use caret browsing</strong>: If checked, caret browsing will
+ be enabled by default when you load a web page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use the F7 shortcut to toggle caret browsing</strong>: If
+ checked, the F7 shortcut will toggle caret browsing on or off. Otherwise
+ &brandShortName; will not use the shortcut and the below option will
+ have no effect.</li>
+ <li><strong>Warn me before turning on caret browsing</strong>: If checked,
+ &brandShortName; will issue a warning dialog if the caret browsing mode
+ is about to be entered, allowing you to choose whether to proceed or
+ not. (There is no warning when leaving caret browsing mode.)</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="fayt">Advanced Preferences - Find As You Type</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Find As You Type references
+ panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Find As You Type. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Find As You Type preferences panel allows you to control how you use
+ the keyboard to search for text in web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If
+ checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type
+ and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether
+ you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked,
+ you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the
+ Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li>
+ <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn&apos;t found</strong>: If
+ checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn&apos;t
+ found in the web page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of
+ inactivity</strong>: If checked, the search will be cancelled after a few
+ seconds of keyboard inactivity.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show the find toolbar during find as you type</strong>: If
+ checked, the find toolbar will open when Find As You Type is activated and
+ what you type will be entered into the toolbar search field. If unchecked,
+ the find toolbar will not be opened and the search string will be displayed
+ in the status bar. Note that international text entry will not work in this
+ mode.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory
+ and disk cache:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Let &brandShortName; manage the size of my cache</strong>: Select
+ this to let &brandShortName; apply a heuristic based on the space available
+ on your hard disk in order to determine your cache size. (This is the
+ default.)</li>
+ <li><strong>Use up to [__] MB of disk space for the cache</strong>: Type in
+ the amount of disk cache you want to allocate for &brandShortName;. The disk
+ cache is saved to your hard disk (drive) and can be used again, even if you
+ have restarted your computer. (The default is 1024 MB. This preference is
+ ignored if the above checkbox is selected.)</li>
+ <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li>
+ <li><strong>Cache Folder Location</strong>: Shows the current location of the
+ disk cache folder
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder
+ location for the disk cache.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the
+ network</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+ it.</li>
+ <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+ want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+ is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+ <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+ you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+ &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages
+ designed for prefetching can load more quickly</strong>: Select this to
+ decrease the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web
+ page that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see
+ the online
+ <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link
+ Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="offline_apps">Advanced Preferences - Offline Apps</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Offline Web Applications preferences
+ panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Offline Apps. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Offline Web Applications panel allows you to control and monitor how
+ websites use &brandShortName;&apos;s offline storage. Websites can provide
+ complex functionality beyond just the presentation of content, implementing
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web applications</a>. In general,
+ such web applications require you to stay online in order to use them, thus
+ won&apos;t function when you are disconnected from the network (offline).
+ If permitted, websites can store their content and any data you entered
+ locally in &brandShortName;. In this way, web applications can be used even
+ without a network connection.</p>
+
+<p>The <strong>Offline Web Content and User Data</strong> section provides the
+ following functions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Your offline storage currently uses [__] of disk space</strong>:
+ This entry is informational and provides you with an estimate of the
+ offline data currently used by all web applications combined.</li>
+ <li><strong>Clear</strong>: Immediately clears data that has been saved
+ by all websites for use when you are offline.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow all websites to store data for offline use</strong>: Select
+ this option if you want to permit websites by default to store web content
+ and user data locally on the disk of your computer.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only allow websites with explicit permissions</strong>: Select
+ this option if you want to control whether or not a website can store web
+ content for offline use locally. Unless explicit permission has been
+ granted, the website&apos;s request to access the offline storage is
+ blocked or a notification shown to give you the option to allow it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Notify me when websites want to store data for offline
+ use</strong>: Check this box if you want to be notified when a website
+ requests to store content or data in the offline storage but does not
+ currently have any permissions set whether or not it is allowed to do so.
+ An information bar will appear for this site offering the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Always Allow</strong>: Permanently allow this site the use
+ of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never for This Site</strong>: Permanently deny this site
+ the use of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li>
+ <li><strong>Not Now</strong>: Deny this site the use of the offline
+ storage for this request but ask again for future accesses.</li>
+ </ul>
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: The offline storage is <em>not</em> available in
+ a <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private
+ window</a>. You will receive a notification if this option is checked,
+ but all requests will be blocked.</p>
+ </li>
+ <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed -->
+ <li><strong>Manage Permissions</strong>: Opens the Data Manager in a new
+ tab or window where you can modify the Offline Web Applications permissions
+ for each domain:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Use Default</strong>: Check this box to return to the default
+ behavior, thus presenting the information bar with the next request
+ from a site within each domain if the notification option is chosen
+ (effectively removes the entry from this listing).</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Select this option to allow this site
+ the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li>
+ <li><strong>Block</strong>: Select this option to deny this site
+ the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>The following websites are using offline storage</strong>:
+ Lists the domains of all websites which have stored offline data, along
+ with the amount of data currently used by this domain.</li>
+ <li><strong>Clear Data</strong>: Select a website domain and click this
+ button to delete all offline data for the specified domain. Click <q>Remove
+ offline data</q> after being prompted for confirmation to do so.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you
+ have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the
+ proxy.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you
+ don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose
+ this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the
+ proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you
+ have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration
+ URL.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file.
+
+ <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the
+ online
+ <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End
+ User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
+ don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery
+ was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
+ the proxy server.</li>
+ <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click
+ on <q>Advanced</q> to set
+ <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses
+ that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a
+ comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3>
+
+<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use
+ a SOCKS proxy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>,
+ <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address
+ of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you&apos;re using the same settings
+ for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings
+ for all protocols</q>.</p>
+
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address
+ of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy,
+ select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version
+ of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to
+ use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is
+ recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based
+ networking:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>:
+ Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original
+ version of HTTP, standardized in 1996. This setting is mostly intended
+ for compatibility reasons with proxy or older web servers.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the current version
+ of HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient
+ use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching, and
+ more refined control over cache expiration and replacement policies.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>User Agent String</strong>:
+ The identifier sent by &brandShortName; to all websites is used for
+ statistics about website usage but also sometimes to expose certain features
+ only to known browsers (a practice known as "sniffing"). Consequently,
+ unchecking any of these boxes may result in websites or remote calendar
+ services not working properly.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Advertise Firefox compatibility</strong>: If this is enabled,
+ &brandShortName; will identify itself as both &brandShortName; and also
+ compatible with Firefox. This allows websites that check for certain
+ browsers rather than certain functionality to work with &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Advertise Lightning installation</strong>: This option is
+ only available when the Lightning calendar extension is installed and
+ activated. If this is enabled, &brandShortName; will add information on
+ Lightning being installed and which version, thus calendaring websites
+ and/or remote calendar services can customize their communication.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software
+ Installation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences
+ panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable add-on
+ installation and updates. The Add-ons Manager allows you to view and manage
+ all your installed extensions and themes.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Add-ons</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Allow websites to install add-ons and updates</strong>:
+ Select this if you want to allow websites to install add-ons and
+ updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before
+ each installation.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this link to open the
+ Data Manager tab, where you can view and edit the list of websites
+ that you want to allow to install software</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to
+ be notified when a new version of one of your installed add-ons is
+ available. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a
+ <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new
+ versions.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>:
+ Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download
+ and install updates for you when they become available. The download
+ will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download
+ has finished the update to the add-on will be installed
+ automatically the next time you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Personalize Add-on recommendations</strong>: Select this to
+ be offered suggestions for add-ons in the &quot;Get Add-ons&quot; tab
+ of the manager:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Note that this function involves sending a list of your
+ currently installed add-ons to the add-on website.</li>
+ <li>Disabling this option will also suppress contacting the add-on
+ site periodically for any new information about installed add-ons,
+ but won't affect automated updates.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Manage Add-ons</strong>: Click this link to open the Add-ons
+ Manager in a new browser tab.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to be
+ notified when a new version of &brandShortName; is available. Choose
+ whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or
+ a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>:
+ Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download
+ and install updates for you when they become available. The download
+ will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download
+ has finished the update to &brandShortName; will be installed
+ automatically the next time you start it.</li>
+ </ul>
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: You can use Check for Updates from the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Help</span>
+ menu to manually initiate the search for a &brandShortName; update.
+ <span class="noMac">The label of the menu item will change when an
+ update is being downloaded or ready to be applied.</span></p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Show Update History…</strong>: Click this to open the Update
+ History dialog box which shows a list of &brandShortName; updates that
+ have been installed, including the update type (e.g. Security Update),
+ time of installation and installation status. The Details link next to
+ each update takes you to a web page that contains further information
+ regarding the update.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel
+ on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;.
+ Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the
+ scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function
+ is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the
+ horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal
+ scrolling</strong>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use
+ along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse
+ wheel behavior:
+
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Same as vertical scrolling</strong>: Choose this when your
+ mouse has a single control that provides both vertical and horizontal
+ scrolling. If your mouse has a separate horizontal scrolling control
+ then you can choose to assign a different function to it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Do nothing</strong>: Choose this to disable the scroll wheel
+ when used with the specified modifier key.</li>
+ <li><strong>Scroll the document</strong>: Choose this to scroll the
+ document by the system default number of lines or characters.</li>
+ <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>:
+ Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to
+ previous pages you&apos;ve visited.</li>
+ <li><strong>Zoom the page in or out</strong>: Choose this to use
+ the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of a web page.
+ This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the
+ screen.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>Use the <strong>Mouse wheel speed</strong> option to adjust the
+ responsiveness of the wheel. To reverse the scroll direction, use negative
+ numbers or select <strong>Reverse direction</strong>.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different
+ function.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting
+ in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored.
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2>
+
+<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development
+ component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel.
+ If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by
+ flashing it or its border:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the
+ highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border
+ will appear around the element.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around
+ the element.</li>
+ <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around
+ the element.</li>
+ <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time
+ (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li>
+ <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval
+ (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li>
+ <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the
+ selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the
+ whole element&mdash;including its border&mdash;to flash.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e171a134b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you
+ are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the
+ preferences you want to view.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#media">Media</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#spelling">Spelling</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup
+ options and customize the user interface:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the
+ components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li>
+ <li>Show toolbars as:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text
+ underneath each of the toolbar buttons.</li>
+ <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar
+ buttons only.</li>
+ <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons
+ only.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor
+ is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some
+ websites.</li>
+ <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to
+ change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;.
+ Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Date and Time Formatting</strong>: There are usually differences
+ how settings like date and time are formatted, depending on the region
+ (locale). Select how &brandShortName; displays such values:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Application locale</strong>: Select this to show values in
+ the regional way of &brandShortName;&apos;s user interface language.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Regional Settings locale</strong>: Select this to show
+ values in the way as defined by your operating system&apos;s settings.
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Nots</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a change in
+ language or formatting settings to take effect. In many cases, the choices
+ will show the same language unless you have additional language pack(s)
+ installed or use a localized version of &brandShortName; for a language
+ which is different from your operating-system&apos;s settings.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel.
+ If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the
+ list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence
+ how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Website icons</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see
+ site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg"
+ alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the
+ Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li>
+ <li><strong>Aggressively look for website icons when the page doesn&apos;t
+ define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a website
+ icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a
+ &quot;favicon&quot; on the server and use that instead.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Scrolling</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Use autoscrolling</strong>: Select this to enable
+ autoscrolling. Clicking the middle mouse button (usually the scroll
+ wheel) lets you scroll the content by moving the mouse around.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth
+ scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled
+ will&mdash;instead of an immediate jump&mdash;smoothly scroll the
+ content down to the next page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Zoom options</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Range from [__] to [__] %</strong>: Defines the range of zoom
+ levels observed when opening the Zoom menu from the View main menu or
+ when using the <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">mouse
+ wheel</a> or the
+ <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"> keyboard
+ shortcuts</a> to increase or decrease the zoom. <strong>Note</strong>:
+ after changing these values, they become effective only for
+ <em>new</em> windows, not in the ones which are already open.</li>
+ <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if
+ you want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using
+ the &quot;Zoom&quot; function. If this is not selected, the whole page,
+ including images, will be zoomed.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remember zoom levels on a per-site basis</strong>: Select
+ this if you want the system to remember the specific zoom level for
+ each website you visit.</li>
+ <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>:
+ Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large
+ stand-alone images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on
+ the resized image will make it appear at full size.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Use hardware acceleration when available</strong>: Select this to
+ let &brandShortName; use hardware acceleration (if available) to render web
+ sites. If you experience problems with the visual presentation of web
+ content, disabling hardware acceleration may solve the issue.</li>
+ <li><strong>Warn me when websites try to redirect or reload the
+ page</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; block automatic meta
+ redirection (HTTP-EQUIV=refresh) requests by default. When a redirect is
+ supposed to be executed, a notification bar is shown instead which allows
+ you to permit the redirect on a case-by-case basis.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts
+ and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy &amp;
+ Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how
+ content appears to you.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the
+ selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance,
+ to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose
+ <q>Western.</q> For Unicode or a language/script not yet in the list, choose
+ <q>Unicode.</q> For more information, including <q>User Defined</q>,
+ see <a href="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting
+ Text Encodings and Fonts</a>.<br/>
+ All settings below, except for the checkbox, are stored per language group;
+ each can have its own set of font definitions.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text
+ should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can
+ also specify what font size you want for proportional text.
+ Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary
+ in width.</li>
+ <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for
+ web pages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use
+ for web pages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for
+ web pages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for
+ web pages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier)
+ and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in
+ width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li>
+ <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you
+ want to be shown on web pages.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select
+ this checkbox to keep a web page&apos;s font and size settings instead of
+ your own preferences.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text
+ colors on web pages, mail/news messages, and feeds:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select
+ a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages and messages.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use the colors
+ defined by your system settings (usually the desktop theme) rather
+ than choosing the colors yourself.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color
+ for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages and
+ messages.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined
+ links on web pages and messages.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and
+ backgrounds</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web
+ page</strong>: Allows web pages and messages to choose displayed
+ colors and backgrounds. Your own colors will be used if no colors
+ are defined by the content itself.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background
+ image specified</strong>: All content uses your own display colors,
+ ignoring the web page or message colors and any background image.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only ignore the page colors when using a High Contrast
+ theme</strong>: Allows web pages and messages to choose displayed
+ colors and backgrounds, <em>unless</em> an accessibility desktop theme
+ is used, in which case your own colors will be used.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="media">Appearance Preferences - Media</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Media preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, click Media. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Media preferences panel allows you to determine how to handle audio and
+ video content as well as image animation:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Enable Autoplay of HTML5 media content</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Check this option to automatically play audio or video media as soon
+ as such content is loaded.</li>
+ <li>Uncheck this option if you want such media to play only when you
+ explicitly request it.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Animated images should loop</strong>: These settings control how
+ many times animated images repeat their animation:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if
+ you want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within
+ each image. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+ <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to
+ occur once, overriding the number of times specified within each
+ image.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image
+ animation.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: This options apply to HTML5 media and animated images
+ (e.g., GIF or PNG) only, thus not to any media handled by a plugin.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="spelling">Appearance Preferences - Spelling</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Spelling preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, click Spelling. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Spelling preferences panel allows you to determine how spelling is
+ handled throughout &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>General</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language
+ you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more
+ dictionaries.</li>
+ <li><strong>When typing, check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down
+ list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to
+ have Mail &amp; Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before
+ you send it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type
+ it.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45e9ca4024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,706 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Choose Browser.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#history">History</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#link_behavior">Link Behavior</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of
+ the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with
+ the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you
+ open a new window or tab:
+ <ol>
+ <li>
+ <ul>
+ <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser
+ will display at startup.</li>
+ <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed
+ when opening a new browser window.</li>
+ <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed
+ when opening a new tab.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Select one of the following checkboxes:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank
+ page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home
+ page (specified below).</li>
+ <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the
+ page you were viewing right before you last exited
+ &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Restore Previous Session</strong>: Causes the browser to
+ restore the windows and tabs you were viewing right before you last
+ exited &brandShortName;, including form data and browsing
+ history. This option is only available in connection with
+ <strong>Display on Browser Startup</strong>.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set
+ &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click
+ this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When restoring sessions and windows</strong>: Choose how many
+ (if any) browser tabs should be restored at a time upon startup.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Restore all tabs immediately</strong>: All the tabs you had
+ open the last time will be restored and loaded at once. This can affect
+ startup performance negatively if a large amount of tabs needs to be
+ restored in parallel.</li>
+ <li><strong>Restore [__] tab(s) at a time</strong>: If you choose this,
+ only the specified amount of tabs will be restored at a time. If you
+ had more tabs open than specified here, any extra tabs will only be
+ loaded once the loading of one of the other tabs has finished.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only restore tabs when I need them</strong>: This disables
+ automatic restoring of tabs, i.e. tabs will only be loaded if you
+ switch to or reload them.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Home button preferences: In the field, type the web page you want as
+ your home page or do one of the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk
+ that you want to load as your home page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page
+ currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser
+ tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of
+ tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button,
+ the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location
+ field.
+
+ <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use
+ Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p>
+
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the
+ default home page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure the history settings
+ for the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of
+ websites visited.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remember visited pages</strong>: Select this to make
+ &brandShortName; remember pages you visit within the browsing history.
+ For example, you need that to be able to search for pages you have
+ already visited from the location bar or history window.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Enable Location Bar history</strong>: Check this to enable
+ &brandShortName; to keep the location bar history.</li>
+ <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of
+ websites in the Location bar menu.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Form and Search History</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Enable form and search history</strong>: Select this to let
+ &brandShortName; keep a history of the forms you fill in and the
+ searches you do.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remember form and search history for up to [__] days</strong>:
+ Type the maximum number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track
+ of forms you fill in and searches you do. For example, if you set this
+ number to 180 days, forms and searches 180 days old or less will be
+ kept.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and
+ text encoding for displaying web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to
+ move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference
+ for the listed languages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for
+ displaying web pages. In the dialog, select a language from the list.
+ If you want to add a language that is not in the list, type a language
+ code (both two- and three-letter codes can be used) in the field below
+ the list. See the online document
+ <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">Codes
+ for the Representation of Names of Languages</a> for a complete list of
+ language codes. Click OK to close the dialog and save your
+ changes.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
+ language.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Text Encoding for Legacy Content</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Fallback Text Encoding</strong>: Web pages are supposed to
+ declare the text encoding in which they are to be displayed, but legacy
+ content may not do so. Use the drop-down list to select the default
+ text encoding to be used for such web pages. This setting does not
+ affect any web pages which properly declare their encoding.
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel.
+ If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and
+ other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents).
+ It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each
+ type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will
+ narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description
+ or the currently selected action.</p>
+<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you
+ can also choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a>
+ to handle the type, choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in
+ &brandShortName; to handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p>
+<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current
+ handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the
+ handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local
+ application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select
+ <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li>
+ <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li>
+ <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting
+ <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the
+ <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong>
+ preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will
+ save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when
+ you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on
+ your computer to save it to.</li>
+ <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when
+ encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be
+ shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle
+ that specific file from there.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you
+ choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your
+ chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded
+ inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle
+ it. See also
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the
+ Location Bar.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>:
+ Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from
+ your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Match only websites you&apos;ve typed previously</strong>:
+ Shows only websites that you&apos;ve typed in the Location Bar and
+ not websites that were opened in other ways, such as clicking a link
+ on a web page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only match locations, not website titles</strong>: Shows
+ only websites where the location matches what you typed. Websites
+ where the title matches what you typed will not show up as
+ autocomplete suggestions unless their location matches, too.</li>
+ <li><strong>Match</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Anywhere in the location or title</strong>: The
+ autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what
+ you typed matches any part of the website&apos;s location or
+ title.</li>
+ <li><strong>Anywhere but preferring word boundaries</strong>: The
+ autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what
+ you typed matches any part of the website&apos;s location or
+ title but matches at word boundaries (see next point) are
+ preferred. This is the default setting.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only on word boundaries</strong>: The autocomplete
+ suggestions will include all websites where what you typed
+ matches the beginning of any word contained in the
+ website&apos;s location or title. Matches may also be found
+ inside a word if it contains medial capital letters (as in
+ CamelCase) since all non-lowercase characters are treated as
+ word boundaries.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only at the beginning of the location or
+ title</strong>: The autocomplete suggestions will include all
+ websites where what you typed matches the beginning of the
+ website&apos;s location or title.</li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you
+ type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically
+ complete your web address using the visited website it most closely
+ matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this
+ option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your
+ hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your
+ browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li>
+ <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in
+ the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of
+ matching visited web addresses.
+ <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off
+ <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q>
+ matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be
+ shown in the drop-down list.</span></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><strong>Show default Internet search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down
+ list item, allowing you to search with the default search engine for
+ words you enter.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Formatting</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Highlight the effective domain for websites and FTP
+ servers</strong>: Grays out all of the URL except for the effective
+ domain, so that it is clear which site you are visiting.</li>
+ <li><strong>Highlight web pages with a high level of connection
+ security</strong>: Colorizes the location bar for the next page
+ loaded if all of its components are fully encrypted.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong>
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page
+ is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to
+ automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to
+ the end of a web page location that can&apos;t be found. For more
+ detailed information about this feature, see the online document
+ <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html">
+ Domain Guessing</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web
+ location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically
+ search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text
+ you&apos;ve typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web
+ search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>
+ <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search
+ using &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the
+ search engine you want use for web searching.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Search Results</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are
+ available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the
+ Sidebar and show your search results.</li>
+ <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web
+ search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search
+ results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on
+ selected words in a web page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when
+ searching in &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one
+ or more search engines from a list when searching in
+ &brandShortName;.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed
+ Browsing:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select
+ this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one
+ browser tab is open.</li>
+ <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to
+ make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a
+ New Tab</q> to open a link.</li>
+ <li><strong>Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs</strong>:
+ Select this to make &brandShortName; warn you when you try to close a
+ browser window which has multiple tabs open in it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Open related tabs after current tab</strong>:
+ Select this to make new tabs open next to the tab from which they have
+ been opened. When unchecked, new tabs open after the last tab on the
+ tab bar.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group
+ to be opened in new tabs.</li>
+ <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a
+ bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or
+ <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span>
+ <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web
+ page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab
+ when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the
+ <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and
+ pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the
+ middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the
+ link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p>
+ </li>
+
+ <li><strong>
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+ class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location
+ bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type
+ the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+ class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Open in a new tab instead of a stand-alone window</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <!-- link to Data Manager description once bug 599097 is fixed -->
+ <li><strong>Data Manager</strong>: Select this to open the Data Manager
+ in a browser tab. If unchecked, it will open in a separate dialog
+ window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Add-ons Manager</strong>: Select this to open the
+ <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager">Add-ons
+ Manager</a> in a browser tab. If unchecked, it will open in a separate
+ dialog window.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="link_behavior">Browser Preferences - Link Behavior</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Link Behavior preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Link Behavior. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Link Behavior preferences panel allows you to configure how links are
+ opened in &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that
+ certain links open in a new window by default, you may want to override
+ this. You can define the behavior separately for links with a target
+ attribute and windows opened using JavaScript:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Open links meant to open a new window in</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in
+ the current tab of the active window.</li>
+ <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+ page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+ <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new
+ window. (This does not override the webpage design and disables
+ the below options for pages opened from scripts.)</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When scripts want to open a new window</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Always divert windows into tabs</strong>: Open the page to
+ be loaded in a tab according to the above settings.</li>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t divert custom windows into tabs</strong>: Open
+ the page to be loaded in a popup window if the script explicitly
+ specifies features of the new window (such as size or position),
+ else open the page in a tab according to the above settings.</li>
+ <li><strong>Always open new windows</strong>: Open the page to be
+ loaded in a new window. (This does not override the webpage
+ design.)</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is
+ called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like
+ a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the
+ page will be loaded:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
+ current tab of the active window.</li>
+ <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+ page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+ <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new
+ window.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="win">
+ <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser
+ option in <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance
+ Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p>
+
+ <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when
+ you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>If &brandShortName; is launched from the command line, no command line
+ parameters that open windows (like <kbd>-new-window</kbd>) are used.</li>
+ <li>No <q>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</q> option is set in
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+ - Appearance</a>.</li>
+ <li>The <q>Links from other applications</q> preference is set to <q>A new
+ tab in the current window</q>.</li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName;
+ handles files you download from web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Flash the download manager if it is already open</strong>:
+ Select this to change focus to the Download Manager if it is currently
+ open. It displays the status for current and previous downloads in a
+ single window. This option only takes effect if the Download Manager
+ is already open and overrides the other settings.</li>
+ <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display
+ the Download Manager when starting a new download. It will be opened
+ if the window isn&apos;t currently shown.</li>
+ <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a
+ progress dialog box, which display the status for your current
+ download. The status of each download is kept in a separate
+ window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to
+ download files invisibly. No status is given for all your
+ downloads.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Save files to</strong>: Select this if you want files to be
+ saved to the specified folder without &brandShortName; prompting you
+ for the download location.</li>
+ <li><strong>Always ask me where to save files</strong>: Select this if
+ you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to be saved.
+ The default will be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Download history</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Remove download entries</strong>: This determines when
+ a completed entry is removed from the Download Manager listing
+ (the downloaded file itself will <em>not</em> be affected):
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>When they have completed</strong>: Select this to
+ remove an entry immediately once the download is successfully
+ completed.</li>
+ <li><strong>When quitting &brandShortName;</strong>: Select this
+ to retain all entries until closing the program, the list will
+ be empty upon restarting &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this to not remove <em>any</em>
+ entry automatically, even after &brandShortName; is restarted.
+ You can remove them manually in the Download Manager.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when
+ a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file
+ in the file locator. To listen to the sound you&apos;ve chosen, click
+ Play.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is
+ completed.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see
+ <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+ Downloads</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42046f17a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+ It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+ your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+ address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+ recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+ protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1>
+
+<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p>
+
+<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without
+ your permission. They vary in size, but usually don&apos;t cover the whole
+ screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping
+ up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the
+ <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows
+ preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you
+ must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound or
+ display an icon
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+ icon"/> in the status bar or a notification bar at the top of the website
+ content area, or any combination of the above. You can use the icon or the
+ bar to add a website you&apos;re viewing to an exceptions list so that the
+ website is allowed to again display popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some
+ websites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features.
+ Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to
+ use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the
+ list of allowed websites. For more information, see
+ <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp;
+ Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn&apos;t always work</strong>: Although
+ &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may
+ use other methods to show popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you&apos;ve
+ enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific websites to display
+ popups. Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup
+ Manager, and then choose Allow Popups From This Website.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and
+ through the popup control icon.</p>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp; Security
+ Preferences - Popup Windows</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security Preferences category, click Popup
+ Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp;
+ Security to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent
+ popups from appearing in the browser.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of
+ websites that you want to allow to display popups.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Allowed Websites - Popups</strong>: The list of allowed
+ websites appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or
+ remove websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you
+ want to add to the list.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
+ website.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the
+ websites in the current list.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time
+ the browser blocks a popup, select this option and choose System beep
+ or Custom sound file. Selecting Custom sound file enables the following two
+ buttons:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Browse</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file.</li>
+ <li><strong>Play</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen
+ sound.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this
+ to display an icon
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+ icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup
+ control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another
+ website.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Display a notification bar at the top of the content area</strong>:
+ Select this to display a notification bar above the website content area
+ whenever a popup is blocked. In the bar, use the Preferences button to choose
+ how to handle popups from that website.
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Using the popup control icon or notification bar to add allowed
+ websites</strong>: You can use the popup control icon or notification bar to
+ quickly add a website to the list of allowed websites. Click the icon
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+ icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is
+ already filled in. Click Allow and then click OK to confirm your addition.
+ Similarly you can use the notification bar to allow popups from the current
+ website or open the list of allowed websites through Manage Popups. Just
+ click the Preferences button at the right end of the notification bar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere
+ with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see
+ <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd910475a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1519 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information
+ only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security
+ of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not,
+ however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it
+ represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and
+ security protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1>
+
+<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features
+ like Sidebar, bookmarks, Tabbed Browsing, and Add-ons.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;&apos;s
+ browser component.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+ Themes</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#add-ons">Add-ons</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How
+ &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and
+ Resizing Sidebar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual
+ Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items
+ that you need to use all the time, including your bookmarks, browser history,
+ address book, and other available options. Sidebar presents these items to
+ you in tabs that are continually updated.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+ customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing
+ Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the
+ View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+ submenu.</p>
+
+<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize
+ Sidebar&apos;s frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge
+ of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches
+ the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr style="vertical-align: top;">
+ <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with
+ handle"/></td>
+ <td style="vertical-align: middle;">
+ <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+ <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li>
+ <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+ submenu</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To view a tab:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click a tab&apos;s title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The
+ Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title
+ and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To add a new tab:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize
+ Sidebar from the menu</li>
+ <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the
+ left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li>
+ <li>Click Add.</li>
+ <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar,
+ &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll
+ through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar
+ until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll
+ up.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list
+ on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview.
+ After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up
+ window.</li>
+ <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar,
+ click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar
+ Directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in
+ the lower part of the menu.</li>
+ <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark
+ (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the
+ menu).</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its
+ name and choose Hide Tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar
+ Tabs</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar
+ from the menu.</li>
+ <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li>
+ <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information
+ and options for customizing the tab.
+
+ <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab&mdash;in
+ addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company,
+ organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>After you follow the tab provider&apos;s instructions, close the
+ customization window (or follow the provider&apos;s instructions to close
+ it).</li>
+ <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+ the menu.</li>
+ <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+ <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab&apos;s placement.</li>
+ <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you
+ like.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+ the menu.</li>
+ <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+ <li>Click Remove.</li>
+ <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window.
+ Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window.
+ Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org,
+ icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+ <td></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2">
+ <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+ <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+ viewed.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You don&apos;t need to have several windows open to visit several web pages;
+ thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close,
+ and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to
+ another window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3>
+
+<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can
+ change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You
+ can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser
+ tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page
+ is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in
+ &brandShortName;, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+ - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and
+ then Browser Tab.</li>
+ <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new
+ tab</q> icon
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/>
+ on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+ <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible,
+ right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+ you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page
+ link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li>
+ <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the
+ Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">
+ Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to
+ open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser
+ Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+ <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li>
+ <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+ you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the
+ Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what
+ you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName;
+ window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the
+ tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be
+ moved. Alternately, you can use
+ <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard
+ shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don&apos;t work when a text
+ box has focus.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of
+ browser tabs in the current window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of
+ Tabs</q>.</li>
+ <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li>
+ <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to
+ create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page,
+ see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+ Browser</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li>
+ <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+ <td></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2">
+ <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+ <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+ viewed.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and
+ choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li>
+ <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs,
+ right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+ Themes</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default
+ Colors</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser
+ or in a font chosen by the web pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible
+ in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script.
+ For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script
+ (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+ <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+ sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for
+ proportional text.</li>
+ <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select
+ fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also
+ specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li>
+ <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li>
+ <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as
+ equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts
+ other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow
+ documents to use other fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the
+ default colors set by your browser or by the pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default colors:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible
+ in this category, click to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and
+ Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also
+ specify that links should be underlined.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the
+ authors&apos; intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring
+ the colors specified</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the
+ source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable
+ syntax highlighting</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different
+ theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the
+ Add-ons Manager.</p>
+
+<p>From the View menu:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from the menu.</li>
+ <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can get new themes by selecting Get More Themes. This will open a new
+ tab or window and load the Themes webpage. Here you can download the latest
+ themes and apply them. Another way to install new themes is through the
+ Add-ons Manager (see below). Lightweight themes are applied immediately when
+ you select "Add to &brandShortName;".</p>
+
+<p>From the Add-ons Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-ons Manager.</li>
+ <li>Click the Appearance button in the toolbar.</li>
+ <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Enable button.</li>
+ <li>Restart &brandShortName; by clicking <q>Restart Now</q> in the
+ Theme&apos;s entry.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#menu_bar">Menu Bar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="menu_bar">Menu Bar</h3>
+
+<p>The Menu Bar provides drop down menus for performing actions within
+ &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="images/menubar.png" alt="Menu Bar"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Menu Bar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="noMac">If the Menu Bar is hidden (not minimized; see
+ <a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a>), or if you are in Full
+ Screen mode, press the Alt key to display the Menu Bar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="4">
+ <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><strong>Back</strong></td>
+ <td><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+ <td><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+ <td><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable&mdash;you decide what you
+ want to keep there.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar
+ Bookmarks</h4>
+
+<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing
+ groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal
+ Toolbar:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li>
+ <li>Drag the bookmark icon
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg"
+ alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the
+ Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the
+ icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal
+ Toolbar. For more information, see
+ <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark
+ Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" alt="image
+ of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have
+ checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+ Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p>
+
+<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You
+ may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p>
+
+<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding
+ Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p>
+
+<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite
+ bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the
+ Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for
+ work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li>
+ <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is
+ <q>New Folder</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the
+ toolbar.</li>
+ <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the
+ folder you designated.</p>
+
+<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+ <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li>
+ <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li>
+ <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal
+ Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p>
+
+<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+ <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li>
+ <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks
+ window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar
+ quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal
+ Toolbar or to a folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3>
+
+<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It
+ includes the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more
+ information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li>
+ <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load
+ status information.</li>
+ <li>Work Offline
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.png"
+ alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.png"
+ alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working
+ offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from
+ attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web
+ pages or automatically check email.</li>
+ <li>Lock icon (Example:
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"
+ alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page
+ was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more
+ information, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+ Security for a Web Page</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to
+ switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p>
+
+<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar,
+ click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using
+ this method.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the View menu.</li>
+ <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then
+ select the toolbars you want to show. You can also right-click on an empty
+ section on the <span class="noMac">Menu Bar,</span> Navigation Toolbar or
+ Bookmarks Toolbar to turn toolbars on and off.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual
+ Bookmarks</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or
+ Importing a Bookmark List</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3>
+
+<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather
+ than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take
+ you directly to the pages you want to see.</p>
+
+<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on
+ Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what&apos;s listed
+ in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and
+ organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p>
+
+<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a
+ bookmark:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+ <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to
+ them.</p>
+
+<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and
+ choose Bookmark This Page.</li>
+ <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to
+ provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark:
+ <ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of
+ these options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want
+ a different name.</li>
+ <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you
+ want a different URL.</li>
+ <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you
+ want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location
+ Bar (see
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark
+ Keywords</a>).</li>
+ <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create
+ your bookmark.</li>
+ <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in
+ which to create your bookmark.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li>
+ </ol>
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a
+ window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a
+ single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current
+ window.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg"
+ alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+ the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places:
+ <ul>
+ <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li>
+ <li>In a bookmarks folder you&apos;ve created on the Personal
+ Toolbar.</li>
+ <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks
+ folders.
+ <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar,
+ see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal
+ Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select
+ the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg"
+ alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+ the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab.
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+<ul>
+ <li>The bookmark icon
+ <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg"
+ alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific
+ icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+ Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li>
+ <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be
+ accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and
+ the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage
+ Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks
+ window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the
+ Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks
+ tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To
+ put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The
+ new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li>
+ <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks
+ window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select the folder you want to sort.</li>
+ <li>To sort bookmarks by Name, open the Edit menu and select Sort Folder by
+ Name.</li>
+ <li>To sort bookmarks in other ways, open the Edit menu and select Sort
+ Folder. In the dialog, choose how you want the list sorted.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open
+ <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4>
+
+<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the
+ bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a
+ folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties.</li>
+ <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list),
+ add descriptive information, or set a
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for
+ changes.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties.</li>
+ <li>Use the pull down lists and the textfield under <q>Check this location
+ for updates</q> to specify how often you want &brandShortName; to check the
+ bookmarked page for changes.</li>
+ <li>To be notified when the bookmarked page changes, choose from the options
+ in the <q>Notification</q> section.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search
+ Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+ <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then
+ click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose
+ from the following Search options:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only
+ part of the word or phrase for which you&apos;re searching.</li>
+ <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching for.</li>
+ <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn&apos;t contain" to exclude pages.</li>
+ <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL
+ (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to
+ find or exclude.</li>
+ <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for
+ later use.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search
+ results window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a
+ Bookmark List</h3>
+
+<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a
+ copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit
+ it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+ <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder.
+ Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li>
+ <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p>
+
+<p>You can also import bookmarks from other sources. For example, you can
+ import bookmarks from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other browsers, or
+ from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p>
+
+<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an
+ HTML file.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li>
+ <li>In the dialog that appears, choose whether you want to import bookmarks
+ from earlier versions of &brandShortName;, or from a bookmarks file on your
+ computer.</li>
+ <li>Click Continue.</li>
+ <li>If you have chosen to import bookmarks from an earlier version of
+ &brandShortName;, select the profile you want to import bookmarks from,
+ then click Continue. If you have chosen to import bookmarks from a
+ file, navigate to and select the bookmarks file you want to import, then
+ click Open.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The imported bookmarks are treated as a group of new bookmarks and added to
+ the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark
+ folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and
+ folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="add-ons">Add-ons</h2>
+
+<p>One of the most exciting ways to customize &brandShortName; is through the
+ addition of Add-ons. In this section, you will learn what Add-ons are, how
+ to install them, and how to use the Add-ons Manager.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#about_add-ons">About Add-ons</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons Manager</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_the_add-on_converter">Using the Add-on Converter</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_add-ons">About Add-ons</h3>
+
+<p>An Add-on is a piece of software that can be added to &brandShortName; to
+ change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features. It can also change
+ the language shown in the user interface. Add-ons can be classified in four
+ types:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Extensions</strong>: This type of Add-on either changes the way
+ &brandShortName; behaves or adds new features to it. For instance, there
+ are extensions that provide you with weather forecasts, that add a
+ full-featured FTP client, or that block advertisements in web pages. Some
+ extensions are designed to work only with specific websites.</li>
+ <li><strong>Themes</strong>: Themes change the appearance and design of
+ &brandShortName;, but don&apos;t add or change features. They act as a
+ skin. &brandShortName; ships with two themes, Default Theme and Modern
+ Theme, but you can add more to fit your style.</li>
+ <li><strong>Plugins</strong>: Plugins act as connectors between
+ &brandShortName; and other programs. They enable you to see special
+ content (like Flash movies, or Adobe PDF documents) directly inside the
+ &brandShortName; browser window, instead of opening the target program
+ in a separate window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Languages</strong>: While you can download &brandShortName; in
+ a number of languages, you may add additional languages to it in the form
+ of language packs. This way, different users may use &brandShortName; in
+ their own language without having to install the program for everyone.
+ This is specially useful if you are going to install &brandShortName; on a
+ computer that is shared by different users in, for example, a computer lab.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Language packs only change the user interface
+ language. Web pages, messages, newsgroup and news &amp; blog posts will
+ still be shown in the original language in which they were written.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Add-ons always come as packages. Each Add-on is a single file with the XPI
+ extension, except in the case of plugins which usually are binaries specific
+ to the target operating system.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</h3>
+
+<p>There are a number of ways to install Add-ons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>By clicking a link or a button for an Add-on on a web page. This will
+ trigger a &brandShortName; dialog asking you to confirm or cancel the
+ installation, with the Install button disabled for some seconds in
+ order to avoid accidentally clicking it just as the dialog shows up.</li>
+ <li>By opening a previously saved Add-on package, just like you open a
+ regular file that you previously saved on your hard drive: Select Open file
+ from the File menu, or press <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd></span><span
+ class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd></span>+<kbd>O</kbd>; you can also open the
+ Tools menu in the Add-ons Manager (next to the search box) and select
+ <q>Install Add-on from File</q>, or just drag-and-drop the installer file
+ into the Add-ons Manager tab or window.</li>
+ <li>By using the Search functionality or the Get Add-ons panel of the
+ Add-ons Manager, as described in the next section.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+<ul>
+ <li>For security, &brandShortName; only allows installing Add-ons from
+ a list of permitted websites in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software
+ Installation preferences panel</a>.</li>
+ <li>Also, if you unchecked <q>Allow websites to install add-ons and
+ updates</q> there, you will be prompted to enable that function before
+ anything else happens. This is <em>not</em> a temporary change, you would
+ have to uncheck that box again to disallow installations and updates in
+ the future.</li>
+ <li>Plugins are usually installed as a separate program while
+ &brandShortName; is closed so both the external program and the
+ corresponding plugin for &brandShortName; get installed correctly.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons Manager</h3>
+
+<p>The Add-ons Manager enables you to install and uninstall Add-ons, enable and
+ disable them and, in some cases, set preferences for them.</p>
+
+<p id="accessing_the_add-ons_manager">To access the Add-ons Manager, follow any
+ of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, then select Add-ons Manager.</li>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span
+ class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences, expand the Advanced
+ category, click Software Installation, then Manage Add-ons.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Add-ons Manager opens either in its own dialog window or in a browser
+ tab. You can modify this behavior in the <a
+ href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>
+ preference settings.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#searching_for_add-ons">Searching for Add-ons</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#the_appearance_panel">The Appearance panel</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#updating_add-ons">Updating Add-ons</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h4 id="searching_for_add-ons">Searching for Add-ons</h4>
+
+<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons
+ Manager</a>, you can search all available Mozilla Add-ons directly from
+ the Add-ons Manager and install them as desired:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To search for Add-ons based on name, description or tags, type a
+ word or phrase into the Search box and press
+ <span class="mac"><kbd>Return</kbd></span><span
+ class="noMac"><kbd>Enter</kbd></span>. The search panel will open and
+ display a list of matching Add-ons that are compatible with your current
+ version of &brandShortName;. You can sort the results by name or date of
+ the most recent release. You can also search your installed Add-ons by
+ clicking <q>My Add-ons</q>.</li>
+ <li>To get additional information about a specific Add-on in the list,
+ click <q>More</q> for that entry.</li>
+ <li>To install an Add-on in the list, click its Install button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="using_the_add-on_converter">Using the Add-on Converter</h4>
+
+<p>The <a href="http://addonconverter.fotokraina.com/">Add-on Converter</a>
+ has been created to convert Firefox and Thunderbird extensions for use in
+ &brandShortName;. You can try to convert any extension by uploading it from
+ your computer or by pasting the download URL from
+ <a href="https://addons.thunderbird.net">addons.thunderbird.net</a> (AMO)
+ into the appropriate input line on the Add-on Converter start page. If you
+ are an expert user, you can make adjustments in the Advanced Options area.
+ </p>
+
+<p>Not all Firefox and Thunderbird extensions will work in &brandShortName;.
+ Most extensions will install successfully, but some may not work properly once
+ installed. The <a href="http://addonconverter.fotokraina.com/compatibility/">
+ compatibility list</a> will help you to anticipate how well a converted
+ extension will work.</p>
+
+<p>The easiest way to use the Add-on Converter is to install the
+ <a href="https://addons.thunderbird.net/seamonkey/addon/amo-browsing-for-seamonkey/">
+ AMO Browsing for SeaMonkey</a> extension, which will overlay additional
+ information and links onto the Add-on pages at addons.thunderbird.net. If
+ the Add-on is not already compatible with &brandShortName;, a link will be
+ added to the Add-on Converter, which will select appropriate conversion
+ parameters automatically.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_converter">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Get Add-ons panel in the Add-ons Manager uses web services provided by
+ the Mozilla Add-ons website to present a list of recommended Add-ons, as
+ well as giving you the option to browse the available Mozilla Add-ons. After
+ <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>,
+ click the Get Add-ons button to show the Get Add-ons panel:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To get more information about one of the recommended Add-ons in the list
+ displayed by default, click that entry. The entry will expand to use the
+ full tab, showing screenshots, a description of the Add-on, and reviews
+ as available. You will also be able to directly install the Add-on by
+ clicking the Add to &brandShortName; button inside the expanded entry.
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you disallowed websites to install add-ons
+ and updates in the <a
+ href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software
+ Installation preferences panel</a>, you will be prompted to enable
+ that function before anything else happens. This is <em>not</em> a
+ temporary change, you would have to uncheck that box again to
+ disallow installations and updates in the future.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>The Get Add-ons panel also allows you to open the Mozilla Add-ons website
+ in a new browser window (or a new browser tab, depending on your preference
+ settings) to browse extensions and themes.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Personalized Add-on recommendations require a list of
+ your currently installed Add-ons to be sent to the Mozilla Add-ons website.
+ If you have privacy concerns, this function can be switched off in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software
+ Installation preferences panel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Extensions panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed extensions.
+ After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons
+ Manager</a>, click the Extensions button to show the Extensions panel. There,
+ you can perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To get more information about any of the installed extensions, click
+ <q>More</q> for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full
+ tab and show the description of the extension along with its update
+ options.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Disabled extensions will appear greyed out.
+ Incompatible extensions will appear greyed out, since they are also
+ disabled, and with a forbidden sign over the extension icon (incompatible
+ extensions are those which define themselves as not compatible for the
+ version of &brandShortName; you are using).</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To access options of an extension (if the extension features a
+ preferences panel), click the Options button for the entry corresponding
+ to the desired extension.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If the extension does not feature a preferences
+ panel, the Options button will be hidden. You can&apos;t access
+ preferences of disabled or incompatible extensions.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To disable an extension, click the Disable button for the entry
+ corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if
+ the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;.
+ The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li>
+ <li>To enable an extension, click the Enable button for the entry
+ corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if
+ the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;.
+ The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li>
+ <li>To uninstall an extension, click the Remove button for the entry
+ corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if
+ the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;.
+ The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_appearance_panel">The Appearance panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Appearance panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed themes. After
+ <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>,
+ click the Appearance button to show the Appearance panel. There, you can
+ perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To get more information about any of the installed themes, click
+ <q>More</q> for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the
+ full tab and show the description of the theme along with its version
+ information.</li>
+ <li>To use a theme, click the Enable button for the entry corresponding
+ to the desired theme. An info bar appears if the changes will apply only
+ once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features a <q>Restart
+ Now</q> option.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Contrary to extensions, you can use only one
+ theme at a time.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To uninstall a theme, click the Remove button for the entry corresponding
+ to the desired theme. An info bar appears if the changes will apply only
+ once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features a <q>Restart
+ Now</q> option.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Plugins panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the plugins found. After
+ <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>,
+ click the Plugins button to show the Plugins panel. There, you can perform
+ the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To get more information about any of the plugins found, click <q>More</q>
+ for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full tab and show
+ the description of the plugin along with its version information.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Check to see if your plugins are up to date</q> to open a new
+ tab or window connecting to a Mozilla website to check for status and
+ update information on all of your enabled plugins.</li>
+ <li>To disable a plugin, click the Disable button for the entry corresponding
+ to the desired plugin.</li>
+ <li>To enable a plugin, click the Enable button for the entry corresponding
+ to the desired plugin.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Contrary to other types of Add-ons, enabling and disabling plugins
+ doesn&apos;t require restarting &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li>Info bars may appear for any plugins which are determined to be outdated,
+ incompatible, or blocked for security reasons.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</h4>
+
+<p>The Languages panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed language
+ packs. This panel only appears if you have installed a language pack.</p>
+
+<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons
+ Manager</a>, click the Languages button to show the Languages panel. There,
+ you can perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To get more information about any of the language packs, click <q>More</q>
+ for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full tab and show
+ the description of the language pack along with its update options.</li>
+ <li>To disable a language pack, click the Disable button for the entry
+ corresponding to the desired language pack.</li>
+ <li>To enable a language pack, click the Enable button for the entry
+ corresponding to the desired language pack.</li>
+ <li>To uninstall a language pack, click the Remove button for the entry
+ corresponding to the desired language pack.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Enabling a language pack in the Language panel
+ doesn&apos;t change the language shown in &brandShortName;&apos;s user
+ interface, it only makes the language available for selection in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+ panel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h4 id="updating_add-ons">Updating Add-ons</h4>
+
+<p>Updates are by default performed automatically for any Add-ons installed
+ through the Search or Get Add-ons panels if such updates are offered through
+ the Mozilla Add-ons website. The global settings can be found in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software
+ Installation preferences panel</a>. You can override those for individual
+ Add-ons by clicking <q>More</q> and then selecting the desired option.
+</p>
+
+<p>Update functions are also offered in the Add-ons Manager&apos;s Tools menu,
+ found next to the search box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>You can check for updates for all installed Add-ons manually and set or
+ reset automated updates for all Add-ons.</li>
+ <li>If new updates are found for one or more Add-ons, an Update Now button
+ appears for each Add-on. They are also listed in a new Available Updates
+ panel. Rather than updating each Add-on separately, the Include in Update
+ checkbox can be used to select the updates to be performed, then click the
+ Install Updates button.</li>
+ <li>View Recent Updates opens a Recent Updates panel which lists Add-ons of
+ all types for which updates have been performed, along with the date of
+ that update.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName;
+ Starts Up</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#session_restore">Session Restore</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which
+ Components Open at Launch</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a
+ blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open
+ automatically when you launch your browser. Alternatively you can
+ tell &brandShortName; to restore the previous session, i.e. the
+ windows and tabs you had open when you last exited &brandShortName;.
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the
+ Location Bar.</p></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="session_restore">Session Restore</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; periodically saves your browsing session (open windows
+ and tabs, including form data) to disk. When you start &brandShortName; with
+ Session Restore enabled, the windows and tabs from your previous session
+ will be restored. This is especially useful if your previous browsing session
+ ended unexpectedly (e.g. your computer crashed or a website you visited forced
+ &brandShortName; to terminate). &brandShortName; will automatically restore
+ the previous session if "Restore Previous Session" under "Display on Browser
+ Startup" has been selected. If you chose to not be warned when you close a
+ browser window with multiple tabs open (see <a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
+ Browsing</a> preference panel), &brandShortName; will open a page from
+ where you can choose which windows/tabs from the previous session you want to
+ restore. The same will happen if &brandShortName; crashes repeatedly.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3>
+
+<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the
+ Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be
+ the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To specify your home page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+ <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Type your home page&apos;s URL (web address) in the Location
+ field.</li>
+ <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the
+ browser window your home page.</li>
+ <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer&apos;s hard
+ drive.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark
+ icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg"
+ alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page
+ button on the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components
+ Open at Launch</h3>
+
+<p>You can choose components (such as Mail &amp; Newsgroups and Composer) to
+ launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+ <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start
+ &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..baff941543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1>
+
+<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in
+ developing and debugging <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web
+ applications</a>. Some of these are optional installs. To access these
+ tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web Development.</p>
+
+<ul class="separate">
+ <li id="js_console">
+ <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems
+ with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in
+ web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default,
+ CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can
+ also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">
+ XUL</a> and JavaScript code.
+ </li>
+ <li id="inspector">
+ <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be
+ used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL
+ application.
+
+ <p>Online resources:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Tools/Add-ons/DOM_Inspector">DOM
+ Inspector</a>(developer.mozilla.org)</li>
+ <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3:
+ <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The
+ DOM Inspector</a></li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li id="devtools">
+ <strong>Developer Tools</strong>: &brandShortName; includes a set of
+ developer tools that can be docked to the bottom of a browser window or
+ used in a separate window. The <strong>Toggle Tools</strong> command in
+ the Web Development menu can be used to open and close the Developer Tools.
+
+ The Developer Tools are shared with Firefox. To learn more about the
+ Developer Tools, visit the <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Tools">
+ Firefox Developer Tools site</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li id="webide">
+ <strong>WebIDE</strong>: &brandShortName; includes Developer Tools WebIDE,
+ which can be used to debug other web sites or Gecko-based applications
+ running on the same computer, or on another device (such as a smartphone)
+ through a USB or network connection. To learn more, visit the
+ <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Tools/Remote_Debugging">Remote
+ Debugging</a> page at MDN. Note that you may not be able to debug
+ applications that are newer than the included version of WebIDE.
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11520a6f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve been using Microsoft&reg; Internet Explorer, you&apos;ll find
+ that it&apos;s easy to begin using &brandShortName; for
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>,
+ <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much
+ more.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+ and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+ and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+ <thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Internet Explorer</th>
+ <th>&brandShortName;</th>
+ </tr>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Internet Options</td>
+ <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Temporary Internet Files</td>
+ <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Favorites</td>
+ <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Address Bar</td>
+ <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Refresh</td>
+ <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Links Bar</td>
+ <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Copy Shortcut</td>
+ <td>Copy Link Location</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2>
+
+<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the
+ Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p>
+
+<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
+ Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for
+ each website you want to visit, you can open multiple websites within the
+ same window and tab between them. You can also
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as
+ your home page</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window
+ Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder
+ windows.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>:
+ Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such
+ as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other
+ options.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile
+ Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own
+ bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you
+ must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or
+ if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets
+ you view detailed information about each cookie and remove cookies you
+ don&apos;t want to be stored on your computer. You can also control which
+ websites are allowed to store cookies on your computer.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image
+ Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites,
+ or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the
+ amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2>
+
+<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you
+ quick access to several useful features:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong><a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups</a></strong>: Conveniently manage all your Internet
+ communications. You can set up and maintain multiple business and personal
+ mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one window. You can
+ <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a>
+ mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books">Address
+ Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or
+ <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a>
+ contact information from other popular mail programs.</li>
+ <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>:
+ Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page
+ editor.</li>
+ <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with
+ other people over IRC networks.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName;
+ share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see
+ the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard
+ Shortcuts</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b63c13fdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Glossary</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only,
+ and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description
+ of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of
+ the technologies described.</div>
+
+<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1>
+
+<dl>
+
+<dt id="add-on">add-on</dt><dd>A piece of software that can be added to
+ &brandShortName; to change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features.
+ It can also change the language shown in the user interface. See also
+ <a href="#extension">extension</a>, <a href="#language_pack">language
+ pack</a>, <a href="#plugin">plugin</a>, and <a href="#theme">theme</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password,
+ certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to
+ validate an identity over a computer network. See also
+ <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>,
+ <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+ authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client
+ authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+ authentication</a>, <a href="#secure_authentication">secure
+ authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a>
+ address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a
+ bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or
+ choosing the bookmark&apos;s name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+ authority (CA)</a></dd>
+
+<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that
+ identifies a certificate authority. See also
+ <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>,
+ <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+ CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored
+ on your computer&apos;s hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The
+ browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link
+ or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the
+ cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the
+ original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy
+ rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download
+ time.</dd>
+
+<dt id="caret_browsing">caret browsing</dt><dd>A &brandShortName; feature that
+ allows you to navigate through text in Web pages and email messages (or this
+ Help window) with a caret. Using your keyboard, you can navigate and select
+ text like you do in a text editor. You can turn caret browsing mode on or off
+ by pressing the <kbd>F7</kbd> key. Caret browsing mode can also be enabled or
+ disabled in Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card.
+ A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity
+ and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate,
+ belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the
+ digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key
+ that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is
+ issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+ authority (CA)</a>. A certificate&apos;s validity can be verified by checking
+ the CA&apos;s <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called
+ digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and
+ security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+ cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service
+ that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or
+ entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes
+ certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular
+ intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using
+ certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate
+ Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>,
+ <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A
+ password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have
+ previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when
+ you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a
+ certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+ authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on
+ <a href="#certificate">certificates</a> and public-key cryptography.
+ See also <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based
+ authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of
+ certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate
+ identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+ and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+ can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a
+ <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd>
+ A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of
+ the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to
+ the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change,
+ even by a single character, the function produces a different number.
+ Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates
+ have not been tampered with.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate
+ Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage
+ certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage
+ Certificates.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of
+ renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to
+ expire.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When
+ <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a
+ certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose
+ own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as
+ trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the
+ certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally,
+ if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been
+ activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by
+ looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a
+ <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or
+ in the browser&apos;s Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail,
+ Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won&apos;t
+ recognize the identity it certifies.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See
+ <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends
+ requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+ which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client
+ software runs is also described as a client.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+ identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+ for example with a name and password or with a
+ <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some
+ digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure
+ Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+ authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate
+ that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a
+ <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client
+ (or the identity of the person using the client) using the
+ <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See
+ also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom
+ left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch
+ between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser,
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your
+ computer by some <a href="#website">websites</a>. When you visit such a
+ website, the website asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your
+ hard disk. Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends the
+ website the cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of
+ information about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set
+ your cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much
+ information you are willing to let websites store on them. See also
+ <a href="#third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser
+ that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</dt><dd>A
+ <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> used for
+ <a href="#encrypted_password">password encryption</a> to achieve
+ <a href="#secure_authentication">secure authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked
+ certificates that is generated and signed by a
+ <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can
+ download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it
+ to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use
+ for authentication.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of
+ rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as
+ <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and
+ <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a
+ <em>cipher.</em></dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling
+ (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example,
+ cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information
+ flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also
+ <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that
+ has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd>
+ See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both
+ the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique
+ for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes
+ the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital
+ signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you
+ approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data
+ has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has
+ nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used
+ for similar legal purposes. See also
+ <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>,
+ <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially
+ formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="do_not_track">Do Not Track</dt><dd>A mechanism that allows users
+ to inform <a href="#website">websites</a> that they do not want to be
+ <a href="#user_tracking">tracked</a> by third-party websites and
+ <a href="#web_application">web applications</a>. A user&apos; tracking
+ preferences is included in the <a href="#http">HTTP</a> header and sent
+ to the website. &brandShortName; supports sending <q>Do Not Track</q>
+ requests, but websites are not obligated to honor those.</dd>
+
+<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key
+ pairs&mdash;four keys altogether&mdash;corresponding to two separate
+ certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and
+ the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and
+ decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also
+ <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of
+ information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not
+ intended.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encrypted_password">encrypted password</dt><dd>Used for
+ <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>
+ to achieve <a href="#secure_authentication">secure authentication</a>.
+ The user&apos;s password is encrypted before it is sent to the server
+ (e.g., by methods like <a href="#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>) to prevent that
+ anyone eavesdropping on the connection from seeing it in clear text. This
+ mechanism is frequently used when no <a href="#secure_connection">secure
+ connection</a> method is available.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in
+ a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between
+ computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or
+ <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted
+ information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate
+ key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+ cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for
+ encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations.
+ See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>,
+ <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for
+ encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a
+ <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key,
+ constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="extension">extension</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a>
+ that changes the behavior of &brandShortName; or adds new features to
+ it.</dd>
+
+<dt id="feed">feed</dt><dd>A frequently updated source of references to web
+ pages, usually blog articles or news. Technically it is an XML document
+ available through a public well-known URL, comprising of several items inside,
+ each one containing some metadata (possibly including a summary) and an URL
+ to the full blog or news article. The XML document is regenerated at fixed
+ intervals, or whenever a new article is published to the website. Web
+ applications can subscribe to the URL serving the feed and present the new
+ articles as they are updated in the underlying XML document. There are
+ specific XML formats for feeds, most common of which are
+ <a href="#rss">RSS</a> and Atom.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint (certificate)</dt><dd>See
+ <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fingerprinting">fingerprinting (browser)</dt><dd>A method of
+ <a href="#user_tracking">user tracking</a> by which a user is identified
+ based on browser characteristics like browser and operating system versions,
+ stated language preferences, or <a href="#plugin">plugins</a> installed.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing
+ Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for
+ implementations of cryptographic modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software
+ that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations
+ (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the
+ US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd>
+
+<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>See
+ <a href="#third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>
+ contained inside of an all-encompassing <q>meta</q> page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A
+ standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another
+ over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="geolocation_service">geolocation service</dt><dd>A web service for
+ <a href="#location_aware_browsing">location aware browsing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="gssapi">GSSAPI (Generic Security Services Application Program
+ Interface)</dt><dd>See <a href="#kerberos">Kerberos</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is
+ used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A
+ <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that
+ installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation
+ directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally).
+ Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are
+ considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don&apos;t
+ install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the
+ download dialog box.</dd>
+
+<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display
+ every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to
+ refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of
+ the website.</dd>
+
+<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used
+ for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the
+ text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web
+ page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to
+ transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between
+ browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the
+ <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure
+ version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the
+ privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route
+ over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail
+ server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to
+ them on the server rather than on your computer&apos;s hard disk. Using IMAP
+ rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access
+ your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from
+ any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than
+ using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only.
+ Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or
+ <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow
+ websites to gather information about you (for example by means of
+ <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose
+ to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website
+ provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the
+ information is actually gathered. See also <a href="#user_tracking">user
+ tracking</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers
+ that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as
+ <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in
+ 1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and,
+ in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals.
+ Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the
+ <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging,
+ usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address
+ of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on
+ the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address.
+ <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that
+ is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP
+ addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd>
+
+<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with
+ other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution
+ that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd>
+
+<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun
+ Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of
+ computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate
+ version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can
+ automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd>
+
+<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to
+ construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to
+ make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons.
+ JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a
+ separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work
+ correctly.</dd>
+
+<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a
+ <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or
+ decrypt data. A person&apos;s public key, for example, allows other people to
+ encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted
+ with the corresponding private key. See also
+ <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="kerberos">Kerberos</dt><dd>A mechanism to use single-signon,
+ <a href="#smart_card">smart cards</a>, or other custom methods to
+ <a href="#authentication">authenticate</a> access without using
+ <a href="#password-based_authentication">passwords</a> for each individual
+ service. Used mostly in large enterprise/institutional networks where
+ authentication is provided by centralized services like
+ <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="language_pack">language pack</dt><dd>A type of
+ <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that adds a new language to the user interface
+ of &brandShortName;.</dd>
+
+<dt id="latex">LaTeX</dt><dd>A word processor and document markup language to
+ typeset documents, widely used in academia. In particular, it provides a
+ compact plain text syntax to write complex mathematical formulas.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard
+ protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books,
+ across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP
+ directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd>
+
+<dt id="location_aware_browsing">location aware browsing</dt><dd>A method to
+ determine a user&apos;s location to provide customized services for the
+ current position, or for the purpose of <a href="#user_tracking">user
+ tracking</a>. In addition to the <a href="#ip_address">IP address</a>,
+ provider-specific information like wireless access points are used to
+ determine longitude and latitude, altitude as well as speed and heading
+ (as available) for the requesting <a href="#website">website</a>.
+ Provided by a <a href="#geolocation_service">geolocation service</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons)
+ near the top of a browser window where you can type a
+ <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd>
+
+<dt id="malware">Malware</dt><dd>Short for <q><u>Mal</u>icious
+ Soft<u>ware</u></q> and a general term for a variety of software designed
+ to disrupt computer operation, gather sensitive information, or gain access
+ to your computer. They can be distributed by infected <a href="#web_page">web
+ pages</a> or as attachments to email messages. Examples include viruses,
+ worms, trojans, spyware, or adware. Malware may redistribute itself by
+ sending out email messages to infect other computers.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by
+ <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt
+ information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a>
+ uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords,
+ website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also
+ <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by
+ Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a
+ <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to
+ access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use
+ one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to
+ access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to
+ your personal information. You can set or change your master password from
+ the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a
+ separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>,
+ <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="mathml">MathML (Mathematical Markup Language)</dt><dd>The markup
+ language used to write mathematical notations in
+ <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="menu_bar">Menu Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar <span class="mac">at the top
+ of the screen</span><span class="noMac">near the top of any &brandShortName;
+ window</span> that includes the File, Edit, and View menus.</dd>
+
+<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity
+ as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might
+ pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a website that takes
+ credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also
+ <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top
+ of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd>
+
+<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of
+ a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature
+ provides one form of nonrepudiation. A
+ <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd>
+
+<dt id="notification_bar">notification bar</dt><dd>A bar that appears at the
+ top of the content area to inform you about something that needs your
+ attention, e.g. when the Password Manager can save a password for you, a
+ popup has been blocked or an additional plugin is required.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ntlm">NTLM (NT LAN Manager)</dt><dd>A protocol for
+ <a href="#authentication">authentication</a> in local networks that is
+ proprietary to Microsoft Windows. Used mostly in enterprise/institutional
+ networks.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows
+ software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of
+ file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by
+ signed code to local system resources.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A
+ certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as
+ code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules
+ that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to
+ perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s validity each time the
+ certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a
+ list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer
+ must be online for OCSP to work.</dd>
+
+<dt id="opml">OPML (Outline Processor Markup Language)</dt><dd>An XML format
+ used to list <a href="#feed">feed</a> collections. Although broader in its
+ specification, it is mainly used nowadays to export and import feed
+ collections between different feed aggregators or readers, like
+ &brandShortName;.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based
+ authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and
+ password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the
+ browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by
+ storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering them for you
+ automatically when you visit such websites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar
+ that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It
+ contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add
+ or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders
+ containing groups of bookmarks.</dd>
+
+<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in
+ which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks,
+ e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims&apos;
+ personal information.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that
+ governs security devices such as smart cards. See also
+ <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart
+ card</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer
+ that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using
+ the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>,
+ <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>,
+ PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11
+ module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some
+ form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in
+ software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a
+ <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>),
+ which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services
+ and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+ Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install
+ additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other
+ hardware devices.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services
+ that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a
+ networked environment.</dd>
+
+<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of
+ <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new
+ capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video
+ clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application
+ installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser
+ installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself
+ (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on
+ a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash
+ Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol
+ that requires you to download new messages to your local
+ computer&mdash;although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With
+ POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom
+ folders, on one computer only. By contrast,
+ <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages
+ and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any
+ computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="private_browsing">private browsing</dt><dd>Browsing in a session in
+ which no private data (like browsing history, <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>,
+ and <a href="#cache">cached</a> content) are retained beyond the duration of
+ the private session. Private browsing should not be confused with anonymous
+ browsing and does not prevent <a href="#user_tracking">user tracking</a> or
+ monitoring of web activity by an internet provider or employer.</dd>
+
+<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of
+ <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is
+ kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the
+ corresponding public key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that
+ acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a
+ <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of
+ other clients.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd>
+ One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography.
+ The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data
+ sent to the public key&apos;s owner, who then decrypts the data with the
+ corresponding private key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of
+ well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a
+ person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity
+ electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved:
+ a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private
+ key</a>. The public key is published as part of a
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a
+ particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data
+ encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key.
+ </dd>
+
+<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The
+ <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a
+ self-signed certificate at the top of a
+ <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also
+ <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="rss">RSS (Really Simple Syndication)</dt><dd>An <a href="#xml">XML</a>
+ data format for web <a href="#feed">feeds</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="safe_browsing">safe browsing</dt><dd>Protection against common threats
+ from <a href="#malware">Malware</a> and <a href="#phishing">Phishing</a> by
+ checking each <a href="#web_page">web page</a> against a list of reported
+ websites. If the web page you are about to visit has been reported as
+ containing malicious content, &brandShortName; prevents it from loading
+ and shows a warning instead.</dd>
+
+<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows
+ users to search for and retrieve specific information from the
+ <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may
+ search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use
+ librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval.
+ Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a
+ search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd>
+
+<dt id="secure_authentication">secure authentication</dt><dd>A type of
+ <a href="#authentication">authentication</a> which can be achieved by
+ <a href="#encrypted_password">encryption of the password</a> or by mechanisms
+ like <a href="#kerberos">Kerberos</a> and <a href="#ntlm">NTLM</a>. Not to
+ be confused with <a href="#secure_connection">secure connection</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="secure_connection">secure connection</dt><dd>A connection using
+ <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> or <a href="#tls">TLS</a>. All communication between
+ your computer and the server is <a href="#encryption">encrypted</a> so that
+ no third party eavesdropping on your connection can read it. Note that the
+ data is only encrypted during transmission between your client application
+ and the server, after that it is no longer encrypted. To prove its
+ authenticity to the client, the server needs to identify itself using a
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. A bad certificate can indicate
+ an attack on the server or the connection, thus it is important to heed
+ certificate warnings.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that
+ provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can
+ store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one
+ example of a security device implemented in hardware.
+ <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own
+ built-in security device, called the
+ <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is
+ always available while the browser is running. Each security device is
+ protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See
+ <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See
+ <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web
+ pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a
+ <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different
+ computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a
+ server.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+ identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a>
+ by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See
+ also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>,
+ <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A
+ certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a
+ <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server&apos;s identity using
+ the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose
+ corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign
+ transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender.
+ Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be
+ used to sign email messages at the same time as an
+ <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be
+ used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key
+ pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only.
+ A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an
+ <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key,
+ constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software,
+ that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and
+ designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size
+ of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing
+ cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing
+ cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a>
+ standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security
+ device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that
+ sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a>
+ server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network
+ so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default
+ <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by
+ <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys
+ associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software
+ security device stores the master key used by
+ <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords,
+ website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also
+ <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master
+ key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example,
+ a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or
+ a computer can identify itself as a website called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt>
+ when it is not. Spoofing is one form of
+ <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual
+ authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a
+ <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated
+ and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and
+ below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>,
+ <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols.
+ The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport
+ Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also
+ <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>,
+ <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="starttls">STARTTLS</dt><dd>An extension to common standard TCP
+ protocols (like SMTP, POP or IMAP) so the client can tell the server to
+ use <a href="#tls">TLS</a> on the same TCP port as for non-secure
+ connections.</dd>
+
+<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom
+ of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the
+ <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on
+ the right.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization,
+ or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In
+ particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified
+ entity&apos;s <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other
+ characteristics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A
+ <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely
+ describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a
+ <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A
+ <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose
+ certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also
+ <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+ CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method
+ that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given
+ message.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that
+ data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that
+ the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same
+ data.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
+ Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety
+ of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become
+ a global standard.</dd>
+
+<dt id="theme">theme</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that changes
+ the appearance of &brandShortName;.</dd>
+
+<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>A
+ <a href="#cookie">cookie</a> from one <a href="#website">website</a> that
+ gets stored on your computer when you visit a different website. Sometimes a
+ website displays content that is hosted on another website. That content can
+ be anything from an image to text or an advertisement. The second website
+ that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a cookie in your
+ browser, even though you don&apos;t visit it directly. Also known as
+ <q>foreign cookie</q>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the new Internet
+ Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard based on SSL (Secure Sockets Layer).
+ See also <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> and
+ <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security
+ device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when
+ you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains
+ information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd>
+
+<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In
+ the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust
+ usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the
+ <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued
+ the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a
+ CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless
+ you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use
+ the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of
+ certificates you do or don&apos;t trust specific CAs to issue.</dd>
+
+<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address
+ that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web.
+ For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the
+ browser&apos;s <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access
+ <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web
+ pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet
+ address or Web address.</dd>
+
+<dt id="user_tracking">user tracking</dt><dd>Methods that some
+ <a href="#website">websites</a>, including advertisers and analytics services,
+ employ to determine patterns in how you browse the web (e.g., what websites
+ you have visited, which preferences you have voiced using buttons embedded by
+ social networks, and your purchase history). This information is mostly used
+ to show you specifically targeted offers or advertisements for products or
+ services. Mechanisms for user tracking include <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>
+ and <a href="#fingerprinting">browser fingerprinting</a>. See also
+ <a href="#do_not_track">Do Not Track</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_application">web application</dt><dd>An application that is not
+ running on your computer but remotely on a <a href="#website">website</a>.
+ Examples include web-mail systems or web-based systems where you enter
+ information into a form and receive a response as a <a href="#web_page">web
+ page</a>. An <i>offline</i> web application can work without a current
+ connection to the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> by saving the relevant
+ pages locally before running the application.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that
+ is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may
+ contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="website">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by
+ hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A
+ website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to
+ other websites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A
+ portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages
+ stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by
+ <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as
+ &brandShortName;).</dd>
+
+<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet
+ protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface
+ with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for
+ describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of
+ a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C
+ document
+ <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A
+ language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into
+ some other format.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>An XML markup language
+ for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d3100165d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<!-- HELP Glossary SECTION -->
+ <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="add-on" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#add-on"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="caret browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRAM-MD5" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Do Not Track" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encrypted password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encrypted_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="extension" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#extension"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="feed" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint (certificate)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprinting (browser)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprinting"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="geolocation service" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#geolocation_service"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="GSSAPI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#gssapi"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Kerberos" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#kerberos"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LaTeX" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#latex"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="language pack" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#language_pack"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="location aware browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_aware_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Malware" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#malware"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="MathML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#mathml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="notification bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#notification_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="NTLM" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ntlm"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OPML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="RSS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#rss"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="safe browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#safe_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure connection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="STARTTLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#starttls"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="theme" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#theme"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="user tracking" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_application"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#website"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23326eeb6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,2261 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings"
+ nc:name="Account Settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="adding"
+ nc:name="adding"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons"
+ nc:name="add-ons"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books"
+ nc:name="address books"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="appearance_panel"
+ nc:name="appearance panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages"
+ nc:name="attaching files to messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#adding">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages"
+ nc:name="inserting images to web pages"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="adding:blog_account"
+ nc:name="creating a new blog account"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account"
+ nc:name="creating a new mail account"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account"
+ nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements"
+ nc:name="inserting table elements"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#address_books">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries"
+ nc:name="adding address book entries"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating"
+ nc:name="creating a new address book"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists"
+ nc:name="creating mailing lists"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting"
+ nc:name="exporting address books"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing"
+ nc:name="importing address books"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories"
+ nc:name="LDAP directories"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching"
+ nc:name="searching your address book"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#add-ons">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:about"
+ nc:name="about"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:installing"
+ nc:name="installing"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:manager"
+ nc:name="Add-ons Manager"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:converter"
+ nc:name="Add-on Converter"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_converter"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#add-ons:manager">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:searching_for_add-ons"
+ nc:name="Searching for Add-ons"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_for_add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:get_add-ons"
+ nc:name="Get Add-ons Panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_get_add-ons_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:extensions_panel"
+ nc:name="Extensions Panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:appearance_panel"
+ nc:name="Appearance Panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:plugins_panel"
+ nc:name="Plugins Panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:languages_panel"
+ nc:name="Languages Panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:updating_add-ons"
+ nc:name="Updating Add-ons"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#updating_add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates"
+ nc:name="backing up certificates"
+ nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks"
+ nc:name="bookmarks"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser"
+ nc:name="browser"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously"
+ nc:name="browsing anonymously"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="changing bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="creating bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="exporting bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="organizing bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="searching bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="using bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting"
+ nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks"
+ nc:name="what are bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#browser">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page"
+ nc:name="changing your home page"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups"
+ nc:name="controlling popups"
+ nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager"
+ nc:name="Download Manager"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode"
+ nc:name="Full screen mode"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications"
+ nc:name="helper applications"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page"
+ nc:name="home page"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts"
+ nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages"
+ nc:name="opening pages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences"
+ nc:name="Browser Preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper"
+ nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page"
+ nc:name="start page"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:session_restore"
+ nc:name="session restore"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:crash_recovery"
+ nc:name="crash recovery"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components"
+ nc:name="start up components"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cache"
+ nc:name="cache"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="caret_browsing"
+ nc:name="caret browsing"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates"
+ nc:name="Certificates"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer"
+ nc:name="Composer"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager"
+ nc:name="Cookie Manager"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies"
+ nc:name="cookies"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages"
+ nc:name="copy"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Customizing"
+ nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cache">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings"
+ nc:name="changing cache settings"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences"
+ nc:name="cache preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Certificates">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority"
+ nc:name="certificate authority"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting"
+ nc:name="getting certificates"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing"
+ nc:name="Managing Certificates"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences"
+ nc:name="Certificate Preferences"
+ nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication"
+ nc:name="Selecting for client authentication"
+ nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:server"
+ nc:name="server identity"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using"
+ nc:name="Using Certificates"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation"
+ nc:name="certificate validation"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:website"
+ nc:name="website identity"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own"
+ nc:name="Your own identity"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Composer">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables"
+ nc:name="adding tables"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor"
+ nc:name="Advanced Property Editor"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color"
+ nc:name="changing text color"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font"
+ nc:name="changing text font"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html"
+ nc:name="checking html"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links"
+ nc:name="creating links"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages"
+ nc:name="creating new pages"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties"
+ nc:name="editing image properties"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes"
+ nc:name="editing modes"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text"
+ nc:name="finding replacing text"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists"
+ nc:name="formatting lists"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs"
+ nc:name="formatting paragraphs"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences"
+ nc:name="general preferences"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines"
+ nc:name="inserting horizontal lines"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images"
+ nc:name="inserting images"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts"
+ nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles"
+ nc:name="removing text styles"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages"
+ nc:name="saving pages in composer"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors"
+ nc:name="setting page colors"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties"
+ nc:name="setting page properties"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters"
+ nc:name="special characters"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists"
+ nc:name="working with lists"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by"
+ nc:name="stored cookies"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using"
+ nc:name="using cookies"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cookies">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about"
+ nc:name="about cookies"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and"
+ nc:name="e-mail and cookies"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site"
+ nc:name="managing cookies per website"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences"
+ nc:name="cookie preferences"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing"
+ nc:name="removing cookies"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:third-party"
+ nc:name="third-party cookies"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing"
+ nc:name="viewing cookies"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="default_account"
+ nc:name="default account"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#set_as_default"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Developer_Tools"
+ nc:name="Developer Tools"
+ nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#devtools"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="WebIDE"
+ nc:name="WebIDE"
+ nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#webide"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="device_manager"
+ nc:name="Device Manager"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector"
+ nc:name="DOM Inspector"
+ nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager"
+ nc:name="Download Manager"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences"
+ nc:name="download manager preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses"
+ nc:name="e-mail addresses"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="encryption"
+ nc:name="encryption"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole"
+ nc:name="error console"
+ nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="extensions_panel"
+ nc:name="extensions panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and"
+ nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages"
+ nc:name="e-mail address in messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#encryption">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about"
+ nc:name="about encryption and signing"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages"
+ nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information"
+ nc:name="storing sensitive information"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email"
+ nc:name="encryption settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page"
+ nc:name="security of a web page"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="feeds"
+ nc:name="Feeds"
+ nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="file_types"
+ nc:name="file types"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages"
+ nc:name="Filing messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type"
+ nc:name="Find Links As You Type"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type"
+ nc:name="Find Text As You Type"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode"
+ nc:name="FIPS mode"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer"
+ nc:name="Font changing in Composer"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#feeds">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="feeds:subscribing"
+ nc:name="subscribing to a feed"
+ nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="feeds:reading"
+ nc:name="Reading a feed"
+ nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="feeds:exporting_importing"
+ nc:name="exporting and importing feeds"
+ nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="GIF"
+ nc:name="GIF, inserting"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications"
+ nc:name="helper applications"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="home_page"
+ nc:name="home page"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="HTML"
+ nc:name="HTML"/>
+ </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking"
+ nc:name="HTTP Networking"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#HTML">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages"
+ nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer"
+ nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages"
+ nc:name="using HTML in mail messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="images"
+ nc:name="images"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="IMAP"
+ nc:name="IMAP"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="import"
+ nc:name="import"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and"
+ nc:name="e-mail and images"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="images:managing"
+ nc:name="managing images"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences"
+ nc:name="image preferences"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper"
+ nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#IMAP">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about"
+ nc:name="about IMAP"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings"
+ nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings"
+ nc:name="IMAP server settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#import">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book"
+ nc:name="import address books"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list"
+ nc:name="import bookmarks"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates"
+ nc:name="import certificates"
+ nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="import:feeds"
+ nc:name="import feeds"
+ nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="import:mail"
+ nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="java"
+ nc:name="Java"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript"
+ nc:name="JavaScript"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences"
+ nc:name="JavaScript Preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences"
+ nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts"
+ nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keywords"
+ nc:name="keywords"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer"
+ nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general"
+ nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help"
+ nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+ nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator"
+ nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts"
+ nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="languages"
+ nc:name="languages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="languages_panel"
+ nc:name="languages panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="LDAP"
+ nc:name="LDAP"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="location_aware_browsing"
+ nc:name="location aware browsing preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#location_aware_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon"
+ nc:name="lock icon"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#languages">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content"
+ nc:name="language and international content"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences"
+ nc:name="User interface languages"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#LDAP">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book"
+ nc:name="adding directories to address book"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings"
+ nc:name="directory server settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings"
+ nc:name="LDAP settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="mail"
+ nc:name="mail security settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+ nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="master_password"
+ nc:name="Master Password"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel"
+ nc:name="mouse wheel"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard"
+ nc:name="Account Setup Wizard"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts"
+ nc:name="adding accounts"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion"
+ nc:name="address autocompletion"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages"
+ nc:name="addressing messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences"
+ nc:name="addressing preferences"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings"
+ nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files"
+ nc:name="attaching files"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings"
+ nc:name="changing account settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window"
+ nc:name="Compose window"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages"
+ nc:name="composing messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings"
+ nc:name="copies and folder settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders"
+ nc:name="copying folders"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters"
+ nc:name="creating filters"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders"
+ nc:name="creating folders"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages"
+ nc:name="creating HTML mail messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:disk_space_and_storage_settings"
+ nc:name="disk space and storage settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages"
+ nc:name="filing messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages"
+ nc:name="forwarding messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences"
+ nc:name="general mail preferences"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages"
+ nc:name="getting new messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients"
+ nc:name="HTML mail recipients"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options"
+ nc:name="HTML mail sending options"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source"
+ nc:name="HTML Message Source"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings"
+ nc:name="identity settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout"
+ nc:name="mail window layout"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching"
+ nc:name="message searching"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:network_preferences"
+ nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Network preferences"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:offline_synchronization_settings"
+ nc:name="offline synchronization settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings"
+ nc:name="POP settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders"
+ nc:name="renaming folders"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages"
+ nc:name="replying to messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages"
+ nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments"
+ nc:name="saving attachments"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_draft_messages"
+ nc:name="saving draft messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_draft_message"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages"
+ nc:name="sending messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options"
+ nc:name="sending options"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings"
+ nc:name="SMTP settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Text_Encoding"
+ nc:name="Text Encoding"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#text_encoding"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages"
+ nc:name="sorting and threading messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books"
+ nc:name="using address books"
+ nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments"
+ nc:name="using attachments"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages"
+ nc:name="using HTML in messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments"
+ nc:name="viewing attachments"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline"
+ nc:name="working offline"
+ nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#master_password">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing"
+ nc:name="Changing master password"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting"
+ nc:name="Forgetting your master password"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences"
+ nc:name="Master Password Preferences"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="navigation"
+ nc:name="navigation"
+ nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups"
+ nc:name="Newsgroups"
+ nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started"
+ nc:name="getting started with newsgroups"
+ nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings"
+ nc:name="newsgroup server settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Offline"
+ nc:name="Offline"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="OPML"
+ nc:name="OPML"
+ nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Offline">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences"
+ nc:name="offline preferences"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Offline:offline_apps"
+ nc:name="Offline Web Applications"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+ nc:name="Offline Mail and News"
+ nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="page_info"
+ nc:name="page info"
+ nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="password_manager"
+ nc:name="Password Manager"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="phishing"
+ nc:name="phishing"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="plugins"
+ nc:name="plugins"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="plugins_panel"
+ nc:name="plugins panel"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="POP"
+ nc:name="POP"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="passwords"
+ nc:name="Passwords"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows"
+ nc:name="popup windows"
+ nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="popups"
+ nc:name="popups"
+ nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences"
+ nc:name="preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="print"
+ nc:name="print"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy"
+ nc:name="privacy"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="profiles"
+ nc:name="profiles"
+ nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="proxies"
+ nc:name="proxies"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages"
+ nc:name="publishing pages"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#password_manager">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords"
+ nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password"
+ nc:name="Master Password"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences"
+ nc:name="Password Preferences"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#passwords">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing"
+ nc:name="Choosing a Good Password"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences"
+ nc:name="Password Preferences"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically"
+ nc:name="Remembering Automatically"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#POP">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings"
+ nc:name="POP server settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences"
+ nc:name="popup window preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#preferences">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced"
+ nc:name="advanced preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance"
+ nc:name="appearance preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache"
+ nc:name="cache preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates"
+ nc:name="certificates preferences"
+ nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors"
+ nc:name="colors preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content"
+ nc:name="content preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies"
+ nc:name="cookies preferences"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads"
+ nc:name="Downloads preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts"
+ nc:name="fonts preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications"
+ nc:name="helper application preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history"
+ nc:name="history preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images"
+ nc:name="image preferences"
+ nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search"
+ nc:name="internet search preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript"
+ nc:name="JavaScript preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard"
+ nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages"
+ nc:name="languages preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Link_Behavior"
+ nc:name="Link Behavior preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator"
+ nc:name="Browser preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords"
+ nc:name="passwords preferences"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows"
+ nc:name="popup windows preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy"
+ nc:name="privacy preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies"
+ nc:name="proxies preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security"
+ nc:name="security preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSLTLS"
+ nc:name="SSL/TLS preferences"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing"
+ nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about"
+ nc:name="about privacy"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and"
+ nc:name="cookies and privacy"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address"
+ nc:name="IP address"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences"
+ nc:name="privacy preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting"
+ nc:name="protecting your privacy"
+ nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy"
+ nc:name="viewing website policy"
+ nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#profiles">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating"
+ nc:name="creating a profile"
+ nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting"
+ nc:name="deleting a profile"
+ nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing"
+ nc:name="managing profiles"
+ nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming"
+ nc:name="renaming a profile"
+ nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#proxies">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced"
+ nc:name="advanced proxy preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences"
+ nc:name="proxy preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting"
+ nc:name="setting proxy values"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings"
+ nc:name="publish page settings"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips"
+ nc:name="publish page tips"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password"
+ nc:name="resetting master password"
+ nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts"
+ nc:name="return receipts"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences"
+ nc:name="return receipts preferences"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using"
+ nc:name="using return receipts"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="safe_browsing"
+ nc:name="safe browsing preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#safe_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="save"
+ nc:name="save"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security"
+ nc:name="security"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security_devices"
+ nc:name="security devices"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="settings"
+ nc:name="settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security_modules"
+ nc:name="security modules"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="search"
+ nc:name="search"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="searching_for_add-ons"
+ nc:name="searching for add-ons"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_for_add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar"
+ nc:name="Sidebar"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages"
+ nc:name="signing e-mail messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards"
+ nc:name="smart cards"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS"
+ nc:name="SSL/TLS"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SMTP"
+ nc:name="SMTP"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="software_installation"
+ nc:name="software installation"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#save">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages"
+ nc:name="saving and printing web pages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="save:messages"
+ nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks"
+ nc:name="search bookmarks"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences"
+ nc:name="search preferences"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message"
+ nc:name="checking security before sending message"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page"
+ nc:name="checking security for a web page"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages"
+ nc:name="checking security for received messages"
+ nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences"
+ nc:name="security preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_devices">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing"
+ nc:name="Managing security devices"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_modules">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing"
+ nc:name="Managing security modules"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate"
+ nc:name="certificate settings"
+ nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail"
+ nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSLTLS"
+ nc:name="SSL/TLS settings"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs"
+ nc:name="adding sidebar tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs"
+ nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description"
+ nc:name="what is Sidebar?"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing"
+ nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs"
+ nc:name="removing sidebar tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs"
+ nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories"
+ nc:name="search categories"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from"
+ nc:name="searching from Sidebar"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs"
+ nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SMTP">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different"
+ nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings"
+ nc:name="SMTP server settings"
+ nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SSLTLS">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:preferences"
+ nc:name="SSL/TLS preferences"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:protocols"
+ nc:name="SSL/TLS protocols"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_protocol_versions"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:warnings"
+ nc:name="SSL/TLS warnings"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_warnings"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:mixed_content"
+ nc:name="mixed content"
+ nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#mixed_content"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation"
+ nc:name="Tab Key Navigation"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing"
+ nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tags"
+ nc:name="Tags"
+ nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="themes"
+ nc:name="themes"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="toolbar"
+ nc:name="toolbar"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs"
+ nc:name="bookmarking tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs"
+ nc:name="closing tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction"
+ nc:name="using tabbed browsing"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs"
+ nc:name="moving tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs"
+ nc:name="opening tabs"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up"
+ nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is"
+ nc:name="what is tabbed browsing"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tags">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences"
+ nc:name="tag preferences"
+ nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#toolbar">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar"
+ nc:name="hiding a toolbar"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:menu_bar"
+ nc:name="menu bar"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#menu_bar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar"
+ nc:name="navigation toolbar"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar"
+ nc:name="personal toolbar"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="updating_add-ons"
+ nc:name="updating add-ons"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#updating_add-ons"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages"
+ nc:name="uploading pages"
+ nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="user_tracking"
+ nc:name="user tracking preferences"
+ nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="validation"
+ nc:name="validation"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="validation:about"
+ nc:name="about validation"
+ nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP"
+ nc:name="OCSP"
+ nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings"
+ nc:name="validation settings"
+ nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages"
+ nc:name="web pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline"
+ nc:name="Working Offline"
+ nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_pages">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying"
+ nc:name="copying web pages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts"
+ nc:name="customizing fonts"
+ nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within"
+ nc:name="finding text within a web page"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history"
+ nc:name="web page history"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating"
+ nc:name="navigating web pages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching"
+ nc:name="searching web pages"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping"
+ nc:name="stopping"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22cae57917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+ <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c2e5ca181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#ieusers"
+ nc:name="For Internet Explorer Users"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="terms"
+ nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="favorites"
+ nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="key-features"
+ nc:name="Browser Features"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="more-features"
+ nc:name="Other Features"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts"
+ nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default"
+ nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="browser:default"
+ nc:name="default browser"
+ nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences"
+ nc:name="default browser preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"
+ nc:name="Internet Explorer User Help"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ieusers">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences"
+ nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites"
+ nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software"
+ nc:name="Other Features"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+ </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts"
+ nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+ nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+ <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser"
+ nc:name="default browser preferences"
+ nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+ </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5504ba69b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css");
+
+body {
+ margin: 2ex;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ font-size: 0.75em;
+ max-width: 120ex;
+}
+
+dd { margin-inline-start: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; }
+dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; }
+tt { font-size: 10pt; }
+
+:link:hover,
+:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; }
+
+h1 { font-size: 20pt; }
+h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; }
+h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; }
+
+kbd { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey;
+ width: 100%; }
+
+.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; }
+
+.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff;
+ border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; }
+
+.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) {
+ background-color: #eeeeee;
+}
+
+.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; }
+
+.commandColumn { width: 40%; }
+.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; }
+
+p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; }
+
+.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+
+.contentsBox {
+ margin-top: 12px;
+ background-color: #cccccc;
+ border: 1px solid black;
+ width: 300px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+.contentsBox > ul {
+ list-style-type: none;
+}
+
+a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after {
+ content: url("images/web-links.png");
+}
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9cb475a3d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using the Help Window</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Help window (the entire window in
+ which this text and the sidebar on the left are displayed).</p>
+
+<p>For additional sources of support and information, click the links displayed
+ in the bottom portion of the <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Help and Support
+ Center</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Main topics are listed in the left sidebar. Click a topic to read about
+ it. To see its subtopics, double-click or click the plus-sign/triangle to
+ the left.</li>
+ <li>Type a word or phrase in the search field to display a list of related
+ topics.<br/>
+ If your search doesn&apos;t return anything, try typing fewer words or a
+ different combination of words.
+ </li>
+ <li>To search inside a page, use the <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>F</kbd> shortcut. Enter the word or phrase
+ you would like to find into the text field of the bar that will open at the
+ bottom and press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>,
+ or use the <q>Next</q> and <q>Previous</q> buttons to find the next match in
+ the chosen direction. Use <q>Highlight all</q> to highlight your search
+ phrase within the whole page. If you want to do a case-sensitive search,
+ check the <q>Match case</q> box.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click
+ links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</h2>
+
+<p>To retrace your steps in Help, click the buttons near the top left corner of
+ the Help window:</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Back button to move back through pages you have previously
+ visited. It works just like the Back button in the main &brandShortName;
+ window.</li>
+ <li>Click the Forward button to move forward through pages you have
+ previously visited. It works just like the Forward button in the main
+ &brandShortName; window.</li>
+ <li>Click the Home button to see the Help and Support Center, which includes
+ links to support options and web-based resources.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Alternatively, print the instructions you want to follow:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To print the whole page that&apos;s currently displayed in the Help
+ window, click the Print button near the top-right corner of the Help
+ window:
+
+ <p><img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To print just a portion of the page, first click and drag to select the
+ area you want to print and then click the Print button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</h2>
+
+<p>Many specialized &brandShortName; windows and dialog boxes include a help
+ button.</p>
+
+<p>Click any help button to see detailed information about the window in
+ which it appears.</p>
+
+<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t find what you want in your search, here are a few helpful
+ tips:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to
+ &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li>
+ <li>Try to broaden your search&mdash;don&apos;t be too specific; terms
+ could be worded differently than your search.</li>
+ <li>At the same time, you should avoid being too broad with your
+ search terms: a word like <q>web</q> will probably return far too
+ many hits.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b401120e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0c46300df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8457a591b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b3cb63189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb78c48358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b28ccf061f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73b523d02d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5236e7f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a40004b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e457bc08f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32de2f4c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d10c0b214f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34c64a5d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c49c4b612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a2e180bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e385cc4792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8e2a49873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48d43202d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..060c82adc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37baf810ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f5d329292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2721565883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b32f903850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6756ead790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42d41075db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0c23aca63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29e32aeb44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..945dd4fed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d88312d1d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f91fa2e01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c0d5efbae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..589efbf82f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a260b6469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d246fcc04c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd7913734c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3933d28b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1225 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies
+ settings to all accounts, the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+ box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings
+ dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings.</li>
+ <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or
+ change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies &amp; Folders</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization &amp; Storage</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Account
+ Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as
+ your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already
+ viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings
+ panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li>
+ <li>For any type of account but Blogs &amp; News Feeds:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to
+ address (only if different from your email address), and organization
+ (optional).</li>
+ <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to
+ all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use
+ HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., &lt;b&gt;bold&lt;/b&gt;
+ (optional).</li>
+ <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you
+ choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image
+ format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides
+ any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the
+ signature file (optional).
+
+ <p>More signature options are located in
+ <a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your
+ vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to
+ edit the card information (optional).</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>For Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this
+ checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs
+ &amp; news messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+ this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed
+ checks. You can also check for new blogs &amp; news messages at any time
+ by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+ <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the
+ web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName;
+ to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed)
+ instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is
+ slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the
+ article content.</li>
+ <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder
+ whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+ <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions
+ dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs
+ &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="server_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Server
+ Settings</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups can work with two types of mail
+ servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet
+ service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet
+ service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you
+ choose which one to use.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet
+ Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office
+ Protocol (POP)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server
+ Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access
+ Protocol (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on
+ your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an
+ updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations.
+ Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message
+ headers only.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local
+ computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the
+ messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are
+ deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages
+ might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn&apos;t work as well
+ as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can&apos;t access all mail
+ folders from multiple locations.</p>
+
+<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only
+ the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these
+ features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+ chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server
+ settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you
+ specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+ associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+ re-create it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+ created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+ account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+ server name you entered is correct.</li>
+ <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+ created this account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+ service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+ unchanged.</li>
+ <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+ to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+ connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+ without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your
+ incoming server allows password encryption or doesn&apos;t support any
+ type of security.</li>
+ <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+ will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li>
+ <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+ IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993.
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available
+ options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure
+ authentication</a> with your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of
+ these:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your
+ password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is
+ safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li>
+ <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as
+ <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security
+ of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose
+ this unless your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of
+ security at all.</li>
+ <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the
+ user&apos;s credentials as supported by the server, such as
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>. This option is safe
+ to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but
+ only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li>
+ <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your
+ computer is set up for secure authentication using
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to
+ acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be
+ assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li>
+ <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up
+ for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT
+ LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as
+ it provides for a higher level of security.</li>
+ <li><strong>TLS Certificate</strong>: Choose this option to use
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+ authentication</a> on a connection with SSL/TLS or STARTTLS enabled,
+ without the need to provide any password for authentication.</li>
+ </ul>
+ If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your
+ service provider or system administrator.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+ if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+ new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+ setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+ number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+ you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+ window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow immediate server notifications when new messages
+ arrive</strong>: Choose this setting if the server supports IMAP&apos;s
+ <q>IDLE</q> capability to immediately notify &brandShortName; when new
+ mail arrives. This option does not have any effect for servers which
+ don&apos;t support this capability. It can be used in addition to, or
+ instead of, any of the other options to check for mail.</li>
+ <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>:
+ Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this
+ folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended
+ unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system
+ administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed
+ only when you compact folders.</li>
+ <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted
+ messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail &amp; Newsgroups. Choose this
+ if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li>
+ <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever
+ you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+ <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server
+ (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the
+ <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a>
+ through this button.</li>
+ <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+ mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by
+ the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box,
+ contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin
+ from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li>
+ <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set
+ additional IMAP options, such as:
+ <ul>
+ <li>the IMAP server directory path</li>
+ <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li>
+ <li>support for subfolders</li>
+ <li>the maximum number of concurrent connections kept open to the server
+ for this account</li>
+ <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this
+ directory</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+ and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If
+ you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP
+ server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you
+ specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+ associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+ re-create it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+ created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+ account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+ server name you entered is correct.</li>
+ <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+ created this account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+ service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+ unchanged.</li>
+ <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+ to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+ connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+ without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your
+ incoming server allows password encryption or doesn&apos;t support any
+ type of security.</li>
+ <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+ will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li>
+ <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+ POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995.
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available
+ options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure
+ authentication</a> with your incoming POP server. You can choose one of
+ these:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your
+ password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is
+ safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li>
+ <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as
+ <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security
+ of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose
+ this unless your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of
+ security at all.</li>
+ <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the
+ user&apos;s credentials as supported by the server, such as
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a> or APOP. This option is
+ safe to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but
+ only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li>
+ <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your
+ computer is set up for secure authentication using
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to
+ acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be
+ assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li>
+ <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up
+ for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT
+ LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as
+ it provides for a higher level of security.</li>
+ <li><strong>TLS Certificate</strong>: Choose this option to use
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+ authentication</a> on a connection with SSL/TLS or STARTTLS enabled,
+ without the need to provide any password for authentication.</li>
+ </ul>
+ If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your
+ service provider or system administrator.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+ if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+ new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts,
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups doesn&apos;t download the new messages until you
+ click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+ setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+ number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+ you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+ window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this
+ setting if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately
+ each time it checks the server.</li>
+ <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to
+ only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new
+ mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q>
+ command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about
+ your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+ <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a
+ copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your
+ computer.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+ messages from the server automatically after the number of days you
+ enter here.</li>
+ <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+ messages from the server once you delete them.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the
+ Trash folder whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+ <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be
+ put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new
+ messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+ mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not
+ already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+ chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your
+ newsgroup server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified
+ when you created this account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+ created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from
+ this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator
+ that the server name you entered is correct.</li>
+ <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+ service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+ unchanged.</li>
+ <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose <q>SSL/TLS</q> if your
+ news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or
+ <q>None</q> if it doesn&apos;t support it. If you are unsure, contact
+ your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+ to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+ setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+ number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+ you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+ window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>:
+ Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a
+ limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li>
+ <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this
+ server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in,
+ but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you
+ are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to
+ authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server
+ doesn&apos;t ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li>
+ <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly
+ displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about
+ the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read
+ in each newsgroup.</li>
+ <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+ messages for this account are stored.</li>
+ <li><strong>Default Text Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+ select the text encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+ default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it is
+ likely you might receive messages in which the text encoding (MIME charset
+ parameter) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international
+ newsgroups.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies
+ &amp; Folders</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, for
+ storing copies of outgoing messages, for storing draft messages and message
+ templates, and where to move archived messages.</p>
+
+<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups stores copies of your
+ outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account.
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also stores draft messages in the
+ Drafts folder, message templates in the Templates folder, and moves archived
+ messages into the Archives folder for the current account.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies &amp; Folders, begin
+ from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account, and click Copies &amp; Folders. You see the Copies
+ &amp; Folders panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select this option to store copies of
+ your outgoing mail and newsgroup messages after they have been sent. By
+ default, the copies are placed in the Sent folder of this account.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>&quot;Sent&quot; Folder on</strong>: Select the Sent folder
+ of an account or the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li>
+ <li><strong>Other Folder</strong>: Select any folder of any account or
+ the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li>
+ <li><strong>Place replies in the folder of the message replied
+ to</strong>: Select this option for a different handling of replies
+ in mail accounts. If the message sent is a reply to another message,
+ the copy is put into the folder of the original message rather than
+ following the selections made above.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Cc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+ always send a carbon copy (cc) to another addressee, and enter the address.
+ If you want to always send a carbon copy to yourself, just add your address
+ to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li>
+ <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+ always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the
+ address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just
+ add your address to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li>
+ <li><strong>Keep draft messages in</strong>: Select where to store draft
+ messages. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Drafts folder for the
+ current account, select the Drafts folder of a different account or the
+ Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and folder
+ for storing drafts.</li>
+ <li><strong>Keep message archives in</strong>: Select where to move archived
+ messages to. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Archives folder for
+ the current account, select the Archives folder of a different account or
+ the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and
+ folder for archiving messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store
+ message templates. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Templates
+ folder for the current account, select the Templates folder of a different
+ account or the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any
+ account and folder for storing templates.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose
+ this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display a confirmation
+ dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a
+ dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you
+ where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups is saving the draft or
+ template.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp;
+ Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies,
+ and how a signature you defined is included.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+ category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as
+ the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item
+ unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can
+ include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page.
+ However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally,
+ you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply
+ button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>:
+ Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the
+ drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above
+ the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically
+ selected.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you
+ choose where you want your signature to be placed. It&apos;s only
+ applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a
+ signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a
+ signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message.
+ The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature
+ placement.</li>
+ <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a
+ signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message.
+ The signature is placed according to your reply settings when
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings
+ specified for all <a
+ href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in
+ the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+ autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if
+ necessary.</p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when
+ you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+ category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select
+ this if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically complete
+ addresses you type with the domain from your account&apos;s address.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>:
+ This is the default. Select this if you don&apos;t want to override the
+ global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then
+ choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different
+ LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If
+ necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server
+ settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more
+ information, see <a
+ href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+ and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates
+ when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for
+ whom you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings -
+ Synchronization &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>Synchronization &amp; Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set
+ up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the
+ Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP,
+ or News) associated with the account.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+ &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings
+ (Blogs)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+ &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization &amp;
+ Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences
+ for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for an IMAP
+ account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select
+ this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you
+ are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders
+ created or subscribed to.</li>
+ <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the
+ folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+ href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+ Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for
+ an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em>
+ whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>:
+ When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em>
+ messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless
+ a size limit is specified.</li>
+ <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of
+ messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years)
+ are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the
+ offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server,
+ only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li>
+ <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this
+ option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being
+ downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing
+ this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been
+ downloaded.</li>
+ <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+ free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+ to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless
+ you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section
+ describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has
+ the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space
+ preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space
+ preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+ conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+ Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+ <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+ free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+ to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global
+ Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from blogs &amp; news feeds accounts are only stored in your local
+ machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether
+ your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are
+ options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs &amp; news feeds
+ account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a
+ blogs &amp; news feeds account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk
+ space:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to
+ keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very
+ high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and
+ could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this
+ option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the
+ maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this
+ option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number
+ of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li>
+ <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to
+ save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization &amp;
+ Storage Settings (News)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a
+ News account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+ You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for a News account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the
+ newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+ href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+ Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify
+ which messages you don&apos;t want to download locally:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download
+ message bodies from messages you haven&apos;t already read.</li>
+ <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+ conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+ Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to
+ only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter
+ here.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You
+ can configure this process with the options listed below
+ <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently
+ deleted</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never
+ delete messages automatically based on their age.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the
+ number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these
+ messages are deleted.</li>
+ <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>:
+ Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to
+ delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with
+ the option to keep all messages.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny
+ &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>:
+ Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that
+ are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only).
+ Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder
+ Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or
+ messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to
+ <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk
+ Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If
+ you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+ You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings
+ for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences - Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>:
+ Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li>
+ <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address
+ book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down
+ box]</strong>:
+ Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently
+ classified as junk mail.</li>
+ <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter
+ like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to
+ trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li>
+ <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>:
+ Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a
+ special folder.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use
+ the default Junk folder.</li>
+ <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own
+ custom-named junk folder.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from
+ this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as
+ junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete
+ old junk messages after a grace period.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Return
+ Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If
+ you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+ You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for
+ outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt
+ settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts.
+ These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this
+ account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt
+ preferences specified by <a
+ href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you
+ change the return receipt preferences for this account.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return
+ receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all
+ outgoing messages from this mail account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt
+ confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a
+ filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation
+ messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and
+ using filters, see <a
+ href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+ Message Filters</a>.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return
+ receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for
+ this account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if
+ you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for
+ return receipts from others.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how
+ you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you
+ must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see
+ <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+ Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account,
+ begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings.</li>
+ <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+ you want to configure.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings is to select two certificates:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send
+ to other people.</li>
+ <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt
+ messages they send to you.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Depending on the policies of the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+ that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both
+ purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must
+ specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p>
+
+<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you
+ send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital
+ signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p>
+
+<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security
+ panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you
+ send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+ certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+ file.</li>
+ <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you
+ want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate
+ must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is
+ selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual
+ message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in
+ the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of
+ the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For
+ details, see <a
+ href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+ &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to
+ specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your
+ messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt &amp; decrypt messages sent to
+ you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+ certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+ file.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use
+ encryption, or only occasionally.</li>
+ <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use
+ encryption. If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the
+ message won&apos;t be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for
+ that message only.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind
+ before you send an individual message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the
+ Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the
+ window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a
+ href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+ &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="local_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Local
+ Folders</h2>
+
+<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send
+ while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local
+ Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on
+ your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you
+ want to keep.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the
+ Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders
+ account.</li>
+ <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+ mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning
+ of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing
+ Server (SMTP)</h2>
+
+<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended
+ recipients.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin
+ from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click on any Mail window.</li>
+ <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+ <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or
+ add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with
+ your ISP or system administrator)<br/>
+ You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in
+ the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server
+ configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li>
+ <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your
+ outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li>
+ <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be
+ connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified
+ encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections
+ on a non-standard port.</li>
+ <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+ to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+ connection</a> to your outgoing SMTP server. You can choose one of these:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+ without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your
+ outgoing server allows password encryption, doesn&apos;t support any
+ type of security at all, or if no authentication is required to send
+ messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+ will usually run on the standard SMTP-submission port 587 or the
+ generic port 25.</li>
+ <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+ SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this
+ is 465.</li>
+ </ul>
+ If you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will
+ get an error message when sending mail.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available
+ options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure
+ authentication</a> with your incoming SMTP server. You can choose one of
+ these:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>No authentication</strong>: Neither a user name nor a
+ password will be sent to the server. This option may be chosen if
+ the SMTP server is in a local network or if other means are provided
+ to authenticate the user, such as <q>POP before SMTP</q>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your
+ password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is
+ safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li>
+ <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as
+ <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security
+ of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose
+ this unless your outgoing server doesn&apos;t support any type of
+ security at all.</li>
+ <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the
+ user&apos;s credentials as supported by the server, such as
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>. This option is safe
+ to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but
+ only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li>
+ <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your
+ computer is set up for secure authentication using
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to
+ acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be
+ assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li>
+ <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up
+ for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT
+ LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as
+ it provides for a higher level of security.</li>
+ </ul>
+ If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your
+ service provider or system administrator.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+ created this account. Not available if <q>No authentication</q> is
+ selected.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1485555b25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Address Books</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your
+ Address Books</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address
+ Book</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book
+ Card</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address
+ Books and Directories</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing
+ LDAP Directories</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you
+ typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family.
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides you with two address books:
+ the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses&mdash;and you can
+ create additional address books as well. You can also import address books
+ from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The
+ contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory,
+ which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores
+ email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored
+ address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an
+ industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory
+ services such as corporate address books.</p>
+
+<h4>Personal Address Book</h4>
+
+<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can
+ create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p>
+
+<h4>Collected Addresses</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email
+ addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing
+ messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p>
+
+<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4>
+
+<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email
+ addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books.
+ LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases
+ of email addresses, which is especially useful with
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+ autocompletion</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic
+ address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+ list.)</li>
+ <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q>
+ and choose whether you want:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Personal Address Book.</li>
+ <li>Collected Addresses.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4>
+
+<p>To open the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book
+ icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window.
+
+ <table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4>
+
+<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book
+ window.</li>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the
+ following display options:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide)
+ or check (show).</li>
+ <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names
+ displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li>
+ <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address
+ Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address
+ books:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a
+ message you&apos;ve received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q>
+ from the drop-down list.</li>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book
+ card.</li>
+ <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient&apos;s address
+ to your address book (if enabled).</li>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by
+ selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book
+ you want to copy them to.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides a default personal address
+ book, but you can create additional address books.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any
+ &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
+ You see the Address Book window.
+
+ <table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ </li>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose
+ Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2>
+
+<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email
+ addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee
+ prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and
+ choose Address Book.</li>
+ <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to
+ which you want to add a card.)</li>
+ <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information:
+ <ul>
+ <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to
+ appear in the address book).</li>
+ <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the
+ Compose window).</li>
+ <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li>
+ <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li>
+ <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this
+ recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that
+ include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient
+ can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then
+ choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not sure, choose
+ Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups still can&apos;t determine the correct
+ format, Mail &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending
+ format when you send the message.</li>
+ <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this
+ sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your
+ message window.</li>
+ <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li>
+ <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street
+ address, phone number, and URL.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information,
+ &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when
+ you view this entry&apos;s address book card in your address book.
+ Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map
+ to the address.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you
+ want.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any
+ email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the
+ drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the
+ information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card
+ Properties</h3>
+
+<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly
+ address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you
+ want.</p>
+
+<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li>
+ <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book
+ in which to store the list.</li>
+ <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a
+ message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li>
+ <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li>
+ <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of
+ the Compose window.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears
+ underneath the address book you added it to.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+ <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+ small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+ <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear
+ to the right of the mailing list name.</li>
+ <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li>
+ <li>Click the Delete button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+ <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+ small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+ <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties.</li>
+ <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li>
+ <li>Click OK when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and
+ Directories</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address
+ book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria
+ to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p>
+
+<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address,
+ begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the
+ address book or directory that you want to search.</li>
+ <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email
+ address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email
+ address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find.
+
+ <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the
+ search text you entered.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3>
+
+<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are
+ not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from
+ the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced
+ Address Book Search dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through
+ which you want to search.</li>
+ <li>Select the matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to search for
+ entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria)
+ that you choose.</li>
+ <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+ <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+ results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li>
+ <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want
+ to sort by.</li>
+ <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click
+ Properties.</li>
+ <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries
+ and click Compose.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or
+ computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can
+ import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep
+ in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of
+ &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so
+ there&apos;s no need to import them.</p>
+
+<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Outlook,
+ Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated
+ (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p>
+
+<p>You can also
+ <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import
+ mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Outlook, and
+ Outlook Express.</p>
+
+<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import
+ Wizard.</li>
+ <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import
+ it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with
+ another program that can import address books. You can export an address
+ book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited
+ (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p>
+
+<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+ <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you
+ want to save the address book file.</li>
+ <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif,
+ comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li>
+ <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the
+ appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li>
+ <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP
+ Directories</h2>
+
+<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the
+ directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use
+ the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p>
+
+<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by
+ your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the
+ information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address
+ book.</p>
+
+<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You
+ see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog
+ box General tab:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for
+ example, InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+ <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server,
+ such as ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+ <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base
+ distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific
+ country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to
+ Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on
+ within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+ Corporation, c=US).</li>
+ <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP
+ server. The default is 389.</li>
+ <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+ authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP
+ server binds anonymously.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting
+ if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are
+ unsure, contact your system administrator.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li>
+ <li>Type the following information:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting
+ lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the
+ directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches
+ to display for autocompletion.</li>
+ <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one
+ of the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by
+ searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+ <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+ the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is
+ the least restrictive search.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to
+ matching results that are within the specified scope of the
+ search.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address
+ Book window.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a directory:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click
+ Edit Directories.</li>
+ <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you
+ want to delete and click Delete.</li>
+ <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use
+ so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while
+ working offline, see
+ <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+ Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box,
+ begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+ <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example,
+ InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+ <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as
+ ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+ <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here
+ restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP
+ restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization
+ to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+ Corporation, c=US).</li>
+ <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server.
+ The default is 389.</li>
+ <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+ authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server
+ binds anonymously.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your
+ LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure,
+ contact your system administrator.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets
+ you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory
+ server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for
+ autocompletion.</li>
+ <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+ the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+ <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the
+ base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least
+ restrictive search.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to
+ matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d96199b4e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting
+ started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs
+ &amp; news feeds</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing
+ to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp;
+ news feeds messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog
+ post</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing
+ feeds</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using
+ different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs &amp; news
+ feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+ <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+ &amp; News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs &amp; News feeds.</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed
+ Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this:
+ <ul>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+ account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right
+ pane.</li>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+ account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and
+ choose Subscribe.</li>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs
+ &amp; News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+ Settings option. In the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog,
+ click on a Blogs &amp; News Feeds account main section, and then
+ click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed
+ properties dialog will appear.</li>
+ <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list
+ where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge
+ multiple feeds in one list item.</li>
+ <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to
+ display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+ traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+ feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+ the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs
+ &amp; news feeds from a browser window</h2>
+
+<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed
+ discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png"
+ style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You
+ can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it
+ added to your first Blogs &amp; News Feeds account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp; news feeds
+ messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your Blogs &amp; News account, you see the list of feeds to
+ which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for
+ new messages.</p>
+
+<p>To read blogs &amp; news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Double-click a blogs &amp; news account to see its feeds. (If there are
+ no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+ <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li>
+ <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the
+ article, which you can click to open a browser window with the
+ corresponding webpage.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs &amp; News account and each
+ individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the
+ full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed
+ Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this
+ message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short
+ version of this message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its
+ default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs
+ &amp; News account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2>
+
+<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also,
+ there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won&apos;t
+ normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component.
+ Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account
+ and use the web interface.</p>
+
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email
+ message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service
+ implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2>
+
+<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will
+ usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p>
+
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email
+ message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service
+ implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+ <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+ &amp; News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs &amp; News feed
+ collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p>
+
+<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+ manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+ <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+ to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+ <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export
+ feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li>
+ <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click
+ Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+ manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+ <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+ to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+ <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select
+ OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li>
+ <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click
+ Save.</li>
+ <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs &amp;
+ feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs &amp;
+ news account, you can edit it.</p>
+
+<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+ Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+ manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+ <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+ to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+ <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+ may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+ feed.</li>
+ <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+ <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the
+ <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li>
+ <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web
+ page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for
+ each article.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+ traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+ feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+ the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs &amp; news
+ account, you can remove it.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+ Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+ manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+ <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+ to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+ <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+ may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+ feed.</li>
+ <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the
+ feed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> don&apos;t confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs
+ &amp; News account. Removing a feed doesn&apos;t delete the folder in which
+ the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder
+ until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get
+ a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your
+ feeds</a> later in this section.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs
+ &amp; news feeds accounts</h2>
+
+<p>A single blogs &amp; news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in
+ it, so you don&apos;t strictly need more than one blogs &amp; news feeds
+ account. However, you may want to create several blogs &amp; news feeds
+ accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you
+ can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your
+ feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to
+ put in it all your feeds with general news.</li>
+ <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This
+ way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account
+ (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2>
+
+<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+ account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it.
+ However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section
+ helps you to better organize your feeds:</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing
+ folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading
+ multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another
+ folder</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3>
+
+<p>Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts:
+ <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide
+ the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li>
+ <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts work pretty
+ much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got
+ through the feeds.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed
+ messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and
+ folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them
+ connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that
+ removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor
+ will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are
+ stored into the folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders
+ in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</h3>
+
+<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+ accounts just like with any other account type. See
+ <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>,
+ <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a>
+ and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or
+ copying a folder</a> for more details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple
+ feeds in a single folder</h3>
+
+<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from
+ more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in
+ that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds account
+ to manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+ <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+ to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+ <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click
+ the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+ <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3>
+
+<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these
+ methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Drag &amp; drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li>
+ <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it
+ downloads articles/items.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn&apos;t move
+ existing articles from the folder in which they have been
+ downloaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd46d3099a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+ It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+ your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+ address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+ recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+ protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your
+ Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple
+ business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one
+ window &mdash; the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the
+ &brandShortName; browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting
+ Started with &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+ Programs</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating
+ HTML Mail Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using
+ Attachments</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling
+ Junk Mail</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with
+ Newsgroups</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started
+ with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Account Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account
+ Setup Wizard</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+ Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings
+ for an Account</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup
+ Wizard</h2>
+
+<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, first open
+ the Window menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups. If you haven&apos;t
+ already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling
+ you to set up an account.</p>
+
+<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account.
+ If you don&apos;t know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service
+ provider (ISP) or help desk.</p>
+
+<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn&apos;t appear
+ automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail
+ window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details,
+ see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+ Additional Mail, News &amp; Blogs &amp; News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail
+ Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3>
+
+<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you
+ the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>your user name</li>
+ <li>your email address</li>
+ <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li>
+ <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should
+ give you the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>your email address</li>
+ <li>newsgroup server name</li>
+ <li>account name</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, begin
+ from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard.
+
+ <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of
+ new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that
+ follow correspond to the windows you&apos;ll see when you&apos;re setting
+ up an ISP or email provider account.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want
+ to set up, then click the right arrow.</li>
+ <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate
+ for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available
+ for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+ <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for
+ for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.
+ <ul>
+ <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all
+ service providers can support both options. For more information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li>
+ <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li>
+ <li>Check the <q>Leave messages on server</q> checkbox if you want to
+ leave messages on the server so that when you download messages,
+ &brandShortName; does not remove the messages from the server.</li>
+ <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global
+ Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for
+ this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if
+ the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own
+ directory.</li>
+ <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP).
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail
+ server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of
+ your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been
+ explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you.
+ For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host.
+ If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names
+ provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This
+ window is not available for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+ <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to
+ refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li>
+ <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered
+ is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP
+ or system administrator. When you are sure that it&apos;s correct, click
+ Finish to set up your account.</li>
+ <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new
+ account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for
+ the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve
+ mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting
+ New Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional
+ Mail and News Accounts</h2>
+
+<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change
+ information for an existing account, including:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and
+ download preferences)</li>
+ <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li>
+ <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform
+ these tasks:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail,
+ news or blogs &amp; news feeds account. Be sure to type the account
+ information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens
+ with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li>
+ <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an
+ account, then click this button to make the selected account the
+ default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list
+ of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time
+ you open Mail &amp; Newsgroups.
+
+ <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the
+ From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or
+ news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs &amp; news feeds
+ account is selected), through an external application request, or by
+ following a mailto: link.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can&apos;t set a blogs &amp; news feeds
+ account as default.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+ button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of
+ the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail
+ server. See
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more
+ information.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click headings under any account&apos;s name and modify the corresponding
+ settings in the panel on the right.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an
+ Account</h2>
+
+<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account,
+ begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings
+ dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email
+ address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the
+ corresponding settings:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on
+ the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more
+ information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.
+
+ <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type
+ (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing
+ account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can
+ then reopen the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and
+ recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add
+ Account.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Copies &amp; Folders</strong>: These settings determine
+ whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you
+ want to store copies of outgoing messages, draft messages, and message
+ templates. For more information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies &amp; Folders</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Composition &amp; Addressing</strong>: These settings allow
+ you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a
+ message. You can also override the global directory server settings
+ specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more
+ information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Synchronization &amp; Storage (IMAP and News accounts
+ only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline
+ (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and
+ conserve disk space. For more information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+ &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+ &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs &amp; news feeds accounts
+ only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk
+ space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more
+ information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk
+ Space Settings (POP)</a> or
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk
+ Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to
+ digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital
+ signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in
+ mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your
+ messages remain private while they are in transit over the
+ Internet. For more information, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+ Programs</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from
+ Netscape Communicator, Outlook, and Outlook Express. To import
+ address books from these programs, see
+ <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing
+ Address Books</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, or Outlook
+ Express, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+ <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator
+ mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new
+ folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail
+ folders still remain in their original location).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, or Outlook Express, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+ <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c790958d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+ Discussions</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a
+ newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called
+ discussion groups).</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another
+ newsgroup account.</li>
+ <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup,
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional
+ newsgroup.</li>
+ <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup.
+ You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click
+ Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+ <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail
+ window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders
+ located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow
+ the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the
+ Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and
+ subscribing to folders, see
+ <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing
+ Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which
+ you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in
+ each newsgroup.</p>
+
+<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are
+ no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+ <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li>
+ <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the
+ responses below the original message. You can click any header to display
+ its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new
+ thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a
+ message</a> in response.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a
+ newsgroup.</li>
+ <li>Click Compose.</li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+ your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+ <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+ Discussions</h2>
+
+<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+ <li>Click Reply.</li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+ your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+ <li>Click Reply All.</li>
+ <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q>
+ drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you
+ enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2>
+
+<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a message in a thread.</li>
+ <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li>
+ <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for
+ messages in additional threads.</li>
+ <li>When you&apos;re ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the
+ View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread.
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups only displays the watched threads
+ that contain unread messages.</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to
+ viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To ignore a message thread:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a message in the thread.</li>
+ <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies
+ posted to the thread will appear as read.</li>
+ <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then
+ choose Ignored Threads.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2>
+
+<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must
+ first set up access to that server.</p>
+
+<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail
+ window and choose New, then Account.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set
+ up is a newsgroup account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve set up access to the new server, you can
+ <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that
+ server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c958051af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Working Offline</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups includes advanced features to help
+ you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet.
+ You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later
+ reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until
+ you get back online. All of these features are explained in this
+ document.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting
+ Up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All
+ Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading
+ an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+ Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+ Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your
+ Accounts for Working Offline</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for
+ Offline Viewing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+ Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+ Reconnecting Later</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos; offline feature lets you
+ download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the
+ Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and
+ you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily
+ disconnect from your company&apos;s network while traveling or switching
+ locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The
+ offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later
+ send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p>
+
+<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so
+ most of these offline features aren&apos;t relevant for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups lets you easily:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li>
+ <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li>
+ <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li>
+ <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also
+ lets you:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li>
+ <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li>
+ <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for
+ Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically
+ download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online,
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your
+ messages with the server.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this
+ section does not apply for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you
+ want to use offline, select Synchronization &amp; Storage. (This category
+ is not available for POP accounts.)</li>
+ <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this
+ computer</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+ <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+ in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie
+ icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be
+ available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders
+ created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an
+ <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual
+ folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the
+ <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+ in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline.
+ After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains open so
+ you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+ alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+ Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by
+ replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+ messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+ under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the
+ Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+ preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an
+ Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that POP accounts don&apos;t allow you to manage folders on the POP
+ server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to
+ download for offline use.</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties
+ dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li>
+ <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the
+ folder&apos;s messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when
+ you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li>
+ <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+ in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li>
+ <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+ in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working
+ offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+ open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+ offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+ alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+ Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the
+ offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while
+ working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+ messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+ under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+ File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+ reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu to change your <a
+ href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+ preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+ Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if
+ you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account
+ settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use
+ the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p>
+
+<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+ <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows:
+ <ul>
+ <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and
+ then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li>
+ <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+ each message.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages
+ from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the
+ selected messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+ <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+ appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If
+ the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+ <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages.
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the
+ lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go
+ offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+ open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q>
+ menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster
+ access.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+ offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+ alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+ messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+ under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+ File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+ reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu to change your <a
+ href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+ preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+ Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your
+ computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you&apos;ve
+ downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your
+ local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory
+ server.</p>
+
+<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Make sure you&apos;re online.</li>
+ <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+ <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to
+ download (replicate).</li>
+ <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server
+ Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+ <li>Click the Offline tab.</li>
+ <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li>
+ <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to
+ start the download.
+
+ <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may
+ take a while, so please be patient.</p>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory
+ or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After
+ you&apos;ve been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may
+ wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To
+ update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts
+ for Working Offline</h2>
+
+<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and
+ Disk Space preferences in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+ box. Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these preferences each time you
+ want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for
+ an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p>
+
+<p>Here&apos;s a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts
+ for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization
+ &amp; Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items
+ (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See
+ <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+ Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+ <p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings. See the sections
+ below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>,
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>,
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a>
+ accounts.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+ preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline,
+ and then choose Offline Settings.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now
+ from the submenu.</li>
+ <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to
+ download.
+
+ <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail
+ messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See
+ <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+ Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+ Viewing</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must
+ first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for
+ offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you
+ want to use offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase
+ download time and disk space used.</p>
+
+<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for the account you
+ want to change.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups
+ for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that
+ you&apos;ve already <a
+ href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a>
+ to. POP accounts and local mail folders don&apos;t appear in the
+ list.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available
+ for offline use.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings each time you want to
+ go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so
+ before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using
+ the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and
+ Sync</a> command.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+ Synchronizing Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use,
+ you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven&apos;t yet
+ selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow
+ these steps:</p>
+
+<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+ Now.</li>
+ <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want
+ to download.
+
+ <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail
+ messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the
+ checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven&apos;t yet selected
+ items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline,
+ check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li>
+ <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is
+ complete</q>.</li>
+ <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See
+ <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+ Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you&apos;ve
+ already selected items for download.</li>
+ <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups begins downloading the
+ selected items.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode.
+ Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline
+ indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of
+ the Mail window to go offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+ Reconnecting Later</h2>
+
+<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+ in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts
+ you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li>
+ <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to
+ work offline without downloading messages, click Don&apos;t Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+ offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+ download behavior when going offline, open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category,
+ select Network &amp; Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when
+ going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any
+ messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+ alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+ Now.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the
+ server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+ behavior when going online, open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+ category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages,
+ or to not send unsent messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a1c08f32d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a
+ Folder</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in
+ Folders</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other
+ Users (IMAP Only)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through
+ Messages</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder
+ dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the name of the folder.</li>
+ <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your
+ new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder
+ dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+ store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter
+ will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a
+ folder within the same mail account.</p>
+
+<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li>
+ <li>Do one of the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag
+ the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved
+ becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+ <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name
+ of another account.</li>
+ <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the
+ folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder
+ you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2>
+
+<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these
+ methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the
+ destination folder.</li>
+ <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or
+ POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message
+ is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li>
+ <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder
+ from the drop-down list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders
+ by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message
+ list over another folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users
+ (IMAP Only)</h2>
+
+<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the
+ same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the
+ same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail
+ server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your
+ system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders
+ are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p>
+
+<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing
+ information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select
+ a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view.
+
+ <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail
+ account cannot be shared.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li>
+ <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li>
+ <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and
+ password.
+
+ <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows
+ you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available,
+ you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot
+ change them.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their
+ folder access privileges.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy
+ their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy
+ messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread.
+ See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+ Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read
+ privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy
+ or move messages into the folder.</li>
+ <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write
+ privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder
+ permissions.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a
+ distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p>
+
+<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared
+ folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the shared folder.</li>
+ <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder
+ Location.</li>
+ <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li>
+ <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li>
+ <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell
+ message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking
+ the link you pasted into the message.
+
+ <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to
+ subscribe to your shared folder.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3>
+
+<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To
+ subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP
+ mail account.</li>
+ <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li>
+ <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You
+ see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click
+ Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+ <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail
+ window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them.
+ You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create
+ your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to
+ automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example,
+ you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are
+ tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See
+ <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more
+ information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3>
+
+<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li>
+ <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+ <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost
+ priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail
+ window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select
+ one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard.
+ Press 0 to remove all tags.</p>
+
+<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+ and select Tags from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For
+ example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the
+ tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to
+ another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if
+ your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist
+ when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+ list.)</li>
+ <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag
+ can be up to 32 characters long.</li>
+ <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and
+ select a new color.</li>
+ <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at
+ the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your
+ mail accounts.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the
+ default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag
+ settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns
+ icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the
+ list.</li>
+ <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag
+ type, to sort messages by date.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li>
+ <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+ <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags
+ from this message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You might want to mark a message you&apos;ve read as unread if you later
+ want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p>
+
+<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+ <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread.
+ Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png"
+ alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a
+ <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the
+ Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+ <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><strong>Read column</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for
+ <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline
+ use</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+ <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+ <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to
+ indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not
+ visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png"
+ alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by
+ filtering displayed messages.</p>
+
+<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an
+ option from the submenu.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread
+ messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a>
+ to view tagged messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>Custom Views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have
+ five preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5
+ Days</q>, <q>Not Junk</q>, and <q>Has Attachments</q>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify
+ settings for custom views or create your own custom view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change the message view from the View
+ box in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu,
+ choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3>
+
+<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching
+ certain criteria.</p>
+
+<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li>
+ <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and
+ click Edit.</li>
+ <li>Type a name for the message view.</li>
+ <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+ following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the
+ following</q>.</li>
+ <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+ <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+ contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+ listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+ for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+ type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+ choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+ header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+ what you type.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+ <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view
+ setting applies automatically.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can
+ create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to
+ automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria
+ you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically
+ moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a
+ per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+ Filters dialog box.</li>
+ <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+ apply the filter.</li>
+ <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of
+ messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li>
+ <li>Type a name for the filter.</li>
+ <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you
+ to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking
+ mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means
+ that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the
+ filter.</li>
+ <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+ following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the
+ following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li>
+ <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+ <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+ contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+ listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+ for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+ type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+ choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+ header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+ what you type.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li>
+ <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the
+ messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add
+ or remove additional actions.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose
+ <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It
+ could be that you don&apos;t want all filters to be run if one or more
+ messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all
+ messages from your boss&apos;s email address as <q>Important</q>, and
+ you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their
+ subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you
+ don&apos;t want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder,
+ even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first
+ message filter you define should match your boss&apos;s email address,
+ and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and
+ <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then
+ select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a
+ new folder.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+ <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder
+ in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li>
+ <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering
+ incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any
+ time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder
+ to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply
+ filters to the selected message (if any).</p>
+
+<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+ Filters dialog box.</li>
+ <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+ apply the filter.</li>
+ <li>Choose from the following:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to
+ the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it
+ off.</li>
+ <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+ Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box
+ to make your changes.</li>
+ <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+ Delete.</li>
+ <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In
+ the filter list, click a filter&apos;s name, and click <q>Move Up</q>
+ or <q>Move Down</q> to move it.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message
+ in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message
+ being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new
+ filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+ store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages
+ that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or
+ move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or
+ moved folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to
+ another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a
+ Specific Sender</h3>
+
+<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For
+ example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your
+ child&apos;s teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set
+ up a filter to do this.</p>
+
+<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li>
+ <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the
+ message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter
+ From.</li>
+ <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender&apos;s email
+ address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the
+ filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the
+ matching criteria.</li>
+ <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from
+ the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other
+ actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li>
+ <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will
+ provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the
+ <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where
+ you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li>
+ <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the
+ specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a
+ single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of
+ criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail
+ folder, newsgroup, or account.</p>
+
+<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This
+ Message.</li>
+ <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li>
+ <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel
+ when you are done.</li>
+ <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text
+ throughout the rest of the message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender,
+ begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text
+ or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject
+ or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find.
+
+ <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or
+ sender contains the search text you entered.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the
+ selected folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3>
+
+<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are
+ not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search
+ Messages dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or
+ folder through which you want to search.</li>
+ <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the
+ search.</li>
+ <li>Next to <q>Perform search operations on</q>, select an option where to
+ search for messages in newsgroups or IMAP accounts:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Choose <q>Local system</q> to use only the information stored locally
+ for the search without any network activity. This mode includes all
+ major message headers. You can&apos;t search the message body locally
+ unless the account and its folders have been set up for
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage">synchronization</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li>Choose <q>Remote server</q> to perform all searches on the server
+ where the messages are located. This will allow you to also search for
+ contents in message bodies which have not been synchronized.</li>
+ </ul>
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: This menu will be disabled if it&apos;s not
+ possible to search remotely on the server (e.g., for POP accounts).</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Select which matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups will use to search for
+ messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that
+ you choose.</li>
+ <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example,
+ <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that
+ you want to match.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+ listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+ for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+ type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+ choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+ header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+ what you type.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+ <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+ results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box.
+ <ul>
+ <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click
+ Open, or double-click the message.</li>
+ <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you
+ want to sort by.</li>
+ <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder,
+ select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File
+ drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account,
+ the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is
+ within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li>
+ <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then
+ click Delete.</li>
+ <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message
+ and click Open Message Folder.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls
+to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and
+ Filters</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your
+ incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The
+ feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train
+ &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of
+ mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If
+ &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p>
+
+<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk
+ messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected
+ message(s):
+ <ul>
+ <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q>
+ or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li>
+ <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/>
+
+ <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you
+ do not see it, click the right-most button (
+ <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and
+ select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear
+ in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected
+ message.</p>
+ </li>
+
+ <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+ You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+ <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify
+ incoming messages. (See
+ <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>.
+ Details on the other settings there can be found in the
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a>
+ preference panel description.)
+ </li>
+ <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white
+ listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book
+ of the infected computer).</li>
+ <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels
+ messages either as junk or not junk.</li>
+ <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu
+ and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls
+ when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail
+ Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not
+ Junk.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2>
+
+<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp;
+ Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the
+ account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk
+ Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run
+ after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing
+ scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to
+ your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk
+ to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be
+ classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if
+ you are on a moderated mailing list).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2>
+
+<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which
+ a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into
+ divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames,
+ passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks,
+ e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince
+ recipients to respond.</p>
+
+<p>In many cases, you&apos;ll receive a link to a phishing page via an email
+ which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up
+ at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM
+ messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>
+ can look very similar to a genuine one, it&apos;s safer to use a bookmark
+ you&apos;ve created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead
+ of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged
+ URL if you&apos;re asked to log in or provide private information on a
+ website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it
+ encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the
+ message window.</p>
+
+<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not
+ Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p>
+
+<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL,
+ &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website
+ is opened.</p>
+
+<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of
+ the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or
+ the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the
+ actual URL.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk
+ Mail detection.</p>
+
+<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document
+ <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy:
+ Phishing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f317cbec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,796 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences
+ that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these
+ preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#text_encoding">Text Encoding</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network &amp; Storage
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the main Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences. If you
+ are not already viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups main preferences, follow
+ these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to
+ allow Mail &amp; Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option
+ if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last
+ before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li>
+ <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this
+ option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message
+ grouping
+ <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when
+ sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically
+ displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the
+ column headers.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only check for new mail after opening Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups</strong>: By default, &brandShortName; checks for new messages
+ even if only a browser window is open. Choose this option if you want to
+ delay checking for new messages until after the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window
+ has been opened at least once (be it automatically <a
+ href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">on startup</a> or
+ manually).</li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Make &brandShortName; the default application
+ for</strong>: Select &brandShortName; as the default mail, news or feeds
+ application for Windows and from within other applications such as Microsoft
+ Word.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; as the default
+ mail, news or feeds application may remove the connection that other
+ applications had with these tasks. Refer to the documentation of the
+ respective applications in order to find how to restore the defaults.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Use &brandShortName; Mail &amp; News when opening browser links
+ for</strong>: By default, any links to email addresses or newsgroups opened
+ from browser pages or other messages are handled by &brandShortName; itself.
+ Uncheck the Mail and/or News boxes if you want an external application to
+ handle such links instead. In this case, a dialog will open to select the
+ application to be used.
+
+ <!-- remove the following warning once bug 198547 is fixed -->
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Don&apos;t uncheck either of these boxes and then
+ select &brandShortName; in the dialog unless it is also registered as the
+ system&apos;s respective default mail or news application. Doing so may
+ cause &brandShortName; to continuously prompt for the program to use when
+ opening a link.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message
+ area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page
+ appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different
+ web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this
+ option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by
+ &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Message
+ Display</h2>
+
+<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are displayed
+ in all accounts. If you are not already viewing the Message Display settings,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: These options
+ control the behavior when opening messages in a separate window, e.g., by
+ double-clicking on it in the message list of a folder:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>A new message window</strong>: Choose this if you want to
+ open each message in a new window.</li>
+ <li><strong>An existing message window</strong>: Choose this if you want
+ to reuse an already opened message window for the next mail.</li>
+ <li><strong>Close message window when deleting a message</strong>: Check
+ this if you want the message window to be closed automatically when
+ the message you are viewing in it is deleted.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>:
+ Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other
+ content in received messages, except from senders in your address books
+ whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li>
+ <li><strong>Show only display name for people in my address book</strong>:
+ Check this if you want to save some space in the message headers where
+ email addresses are shown. If selected, known senders and recipients are
+ only listed with their display names, their email addresses are hidden.
+ You can see the full email addresses when hovering over such entries with
+ the mouse.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically mark messages as read</strong>: Check this option
+ to mark messages as read once they are opened. (This checkbox is selected
+ by default.)
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Only after displaying for [__] seconds</strong>: Check this
+ option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when you are
+ only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you want a
+ message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically.
+ If this box is not checked, messages are marked as read as soon as
+ they are opened.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: These settings control how
+ plain-text messages are displayed. These options do not have any effect
+ when viewing HTML (rich-text) messages, or when writing new messages.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Font</strong>: Select the font you prefer for viewing
+ plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width.</li>
+ <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that
+ incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail
+ window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that
+ when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley
+ faces) Mail &amp; Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example:
+ <table border="1">
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td><strong>This</strong>:</td>
+ <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>:-)</td>
+ <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>:)</td>
+ <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>:-(</td>
+ <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>:(</td>
+ <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>;-)</td>
+ <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>;-p</td>
+ <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ This option also controls some common plain-text formatting conventions:
+ <table border="1">
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td><strong>This</strong>:</td>
+ <td><strong>Displays as</strong>:</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>mm^2</td>
+ <td>mm<sup>2</sup></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="center">
+ <td>+/-1</td>
+ <td>±1</td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Settings for quoted messages</strong>: Choose a different
+ font style, size, and/or color for quoted plain-text messages to more
+ easily distinguish quoted text (usually the content of a message for
+ which the sender replied to you, or quoted parts of a message you
+ replied to).</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2>
+
+<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing
+ you on arrival of a new message. So you don&apos;t have to always look in the
+ folders.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Show an alert for [__] seconds</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display an alert on your desktop
+ when new messages arrive. This alert is usually located above your system
+ tray in the lower right corner of your screen. The alert only appears once
+ when new messages arrive, stays for the specified amount of time, and
+ won&apos;t appear again until you have visited one of your folders with new
+ mail, read one of the new messages, or checked for new messages manually.
+ <table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>New mail desktop alert</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+ The following options determine which message-specific items are shown in
+ the alert for each new message:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Show a preview of the message text</strong>: Check this to
+ show the first few words of the message received in the alert.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show the subject</strong>: Check this to show the subject
+ line of the message in the alert.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show the sender</strong>: Check this to show the sender&apos;s
+ name or email address in the alert.</li>
+ </ul>
+ <ul class="unix">
+ <li><strong>Use the operating system&apos;s desktop
+ notifications</strong>: Select this to use the operating system&apos;s
+ notification system (e.g., libnotify), if available. Note that some
+ configuration options for the alert message may not be supported.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use &brandShortName;&apos;s own notification
+ windows</strong>: Select this to use the built-in
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a>-based notification system for
+ new-mail alerts. All configuration options are supported.</li>
+ </ul>
+ <p>When the alert appears, clicking an entry for a message will take you
+ to the respective folder and opens that message. You can close the alert
+ using the <strong>x</strong> button.
+ </p>
+
+ <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the
+ Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).
+ </p>
+ </li>
+
+ <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display an icon in your system
+ tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when
+ new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have
+ visited one of your folders with new mail, read one of the new messages,
+ or checked for new messages manually.
+ <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png"
+ alt=""/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p>
+ <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName;
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups main window.</p>
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: On Windows 7 and above, the Notification Area
+ Icons settings for &brandShortName; must read <q>Show icon and
+ notifications</q> for the icon to stay visible. Otherwise, it may be
+ hidden after a short period of time.</p>
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Show a balloon alert</strong>: As an alternative to the
+ desktop alert described above, you can use the operating system&apos;s
+ balloon notification. When new mail arrives, this will show the icon
+ along with a balloon indicating the number of new messages available
+ for the account.
+ <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_balloon.png"
+ alt=""/><strong>Balloon&nbsp;alert</strong></p>
+ <p>When the balloon appears, clicking into it will open the Main &amp;
+ Newsgroup main window. The duration of the balloon alert depends on
+ the respective setting in your operating system. You can close the
+ balloon using the <strong>x</strong> button.</p>
+
+ <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the
+ Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: <q>Show an alert for [__] seconds</q> and
+ <q>Show a balloon alert</q> cannot be selected at the same time.
+ Checking one option will uncheck the other.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+
+ <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you
+ want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when
+ new messages arrive.</li>
+ <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName;
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can
+ choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format.
+ If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in
+ the file locator. Click on the Play button to listen to the chosen sound
+ file.
+
+ <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will
+ continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another
+ &brandShortName; window is open).</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="composition">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2>
+
+<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example,
+ forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are
+ not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded
+ message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your
+ message).</li>
+ <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this
+ option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages)
+ viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li>
+ <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>:
+ Choose this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to save the message
+ you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a
+ computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of
+ the message in your Drafts folder.</li>
+ <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>:
+ Check this option if want to be asked if you&apos;re sure to be ready to
+ send the message when you&apos;re pressing Ctrl+Enter in message editor.
+ This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the
+ keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Select reply header type</strong>:
+ Select the type of reply header you wish to use. There are four choices
+ available:
+ <ol>
+ <li>No Reply Header</li>
+ <li>[Author] wrote:<br/>
+ This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle
+ preference.</li>
+ <li>On [date], [Author] wrote:<br/>
+ This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote
+ preference.</li>
+ <li>[Author] wrote on [date]:<br/>
+ This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate
+ preference.</li>
+ </ol>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a
+ number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li>
+ <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the
+ defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to
+ send mails in HTML format.</li>
+ <li><strong>Default composition format</strong>: Select the initial style
+ for composing messages. With <q>Body Text</q> format, the Enter key always
+ inserts just a new line, while with <q>Paragraph</q> format, the Enter key
+ opens a new paragraph with additional line spacing. Use Shift+Enter to
+ insert just a plain line break regardless of this setting.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="send_format">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2>
+
+<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your
+ outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Formatted messages (composed in HTML) can be sent as HTML, plain text, or
+ both (those composed in plain text will always be sent as plain text only).
+</p>
+
+<p>If any of the recipients isn&apos;t explicitly listed to receive HTML,
+ based on his or her address-book entry or on a domain-based setting as
+ explained below, the following options apply:</p>
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the
+ message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option sends
+ the message as plain text only, thus it will cause your message to lose
+ formatting such as custom colors or bold text. It will also remove all
+ images which are within the message itself (but not attachments).</li>
+ <li><strong>Send the message as HTML only</strong>: If you select this
+ option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying
+ the message as no separate plain-text representation is sent.</li>
+ <li><strong>Send the message as both plain text and HTML</strong>: This
+ option is the best trade-off between compatibility and retaining applied
+ formatting and embedded images, but increases the message size.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Settings for entire domains:</p>
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: These options explicitly set
+ HTML or plain-text preference for all users in the given domains (i.e., the
+ part of an e-mail address after the <q>@</q>). Use the Add button to add
+ the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains
+ can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only
+ display plain text.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Settings depending on the message content:</p>
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Automatically send the message as plain text if no significant
+ formatting is present</strong>: Use this option to convert messages which
+ were composed in HTML to plain text to reduce the size of the message if
+ no or non-significant formatting has been applied. <q>Significant</q> in
+ this case includes bold or italic fonts, underlining, custom colors, etc.
+ This test is performed <em>before</em> the address book or domain settings
+ are consulted to determine the send format.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the
+ same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that
+ end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of
+ displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the
+ list of HTML Domains so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups will automatically send
+ messages in HTML format to these recipients (note that no plain-text part is
+ sent in this case).</p>
+
+<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you
+ know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to
+ the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically
+ sends messages to that domain in plain-text format (no HTML part is sent).</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can
+ specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However,
+ when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups formats these messages.</p>
+
+<p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by
+ using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail
+ messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs
+ that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you
+ to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot
+ display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format
+ them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These
+ preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and
+ not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+ Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups address books (for example, email
+ address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already
+ viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients&apos; email addresses.
+ Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your
+ Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li>
+ <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>:
+ Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to
+ search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address
+ Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local
+ address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory
+ server) or both. If you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to highlight addresses
+ that do not autocomplete, then select that option.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address
+ matches are found, Mail &amp; Newsgroups displays a list of all possible
+ choices.</p>
+
+ <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list.
+ A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one
+ of your local address books. The directory you select will also be
+ searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted
+ message to one or more recipients for whom you don&apos;t have
+ certificates on file.</p>
+
+ <p>See <a
+ href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+ and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP
+ directory server settings.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the
+ Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override
+ these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP
+ directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an
+ account in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set
+ different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu
+ and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+ Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail preferences
+ panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail panel,
+ follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Junk &amp; Suspect Mail.
+ (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+ expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to
+ set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages
+ as Junk.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>:
+ Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked
+ Junk messages to the trash folder.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>:
+ Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show
+ up as new.</li>
+ <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this
+ option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk.
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow
+ logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log
+ </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li>
+ <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the
+ training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively
+ destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email
+ scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for
+ suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive
+ people.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow antivirus clients to scan incoming messages more
+ easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for
+ antivirus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before
+ they are stored locally.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<h2 id="tags">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the
+ Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags.
+ If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options
+ are visible, double-click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category to expand the
+ list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color
+ for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your
+ own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color
+ chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down
+ buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with
+ multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li>
+ <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and
+ restores just the default tags&apos; text and colors.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Return
+ Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If
+ you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+ list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings
+ for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return
+ Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return
+ receipts.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>:
+ Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all
+ your mail accounts.</li>
+ <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation
+ messages are delivered to your Inbox.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter
+ that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder
+ you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see
+ <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+ Message Filters</a>.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt
+ confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you
+ do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return
+ receipts from others.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you
+ want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="text_encoding">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Text Encoding</h2>
+
+<p>Text (character) encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are
+ encoded when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not
+ already viewing the Text Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+ Preferences dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Text Encoding. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Fallback Text Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+ select the text encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+ fallback for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. Senders are supposed
+ to declare the text encoding in which they are to be displayed, but some
+ legacy content (e.g., from mailing lists or in international newsgroups)
+ may not do so. This encoding is used for such messages you&apos;ve received
+ in which the text encoding (MIME charset parameter) is not specified.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Individual folders may override this setting in
+ the General Information tab of the Folder Properties. This dialog can be
+ accessed from the Edit menu of a Mail &amp; Newsgroup window when a
+ folder is selected.</p>
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the text encoding
+ for a specific message. Select a folder, then the message to display.
+ Open the View menu, and choose Text Encoding.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use &apos;quoted
+ printable&apos; MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular
+ messages that use an 8-bit text encoding (for example, Latin ISO-8859-3).
+ This is usually only necessary when communicating via a legacy server that
+ doesn&apos;t process 8-bit encoding correctly.</li>
+ <li><strong>Default Text Encoding</strong>: Select the text encoding you want
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing mail and newsgroup
+ messages.</li>
+ <li><strong>When possible, use this default text encoding in
+ replies.</strong>: By default, the selected text encoding is
+ <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the text
+ encoding of the message being replied to is used. Choose this option to use
+ the default text encoding for outgoing messages even when replying, as long
+ as the quoted characters can be represented in the selected encoding.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+ Network &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Network &amp; Storage preferences
+ panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Network &amp; Storage.
+ (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+ expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Network &amp; Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for
+ working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+ handle messages when going online or offline.</li>
+ <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li>
+ <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by
+ automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount
+ of disk space you enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for
+ information on working offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86781bbb24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital
+ Signatures &amp; Encryption</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other
+ People&apos;s Certificates</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security
+ Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp;
+ Encrypting a New Message</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp;
+ Encrypted Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security -
+ Compose Window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security -
+ Received Message</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures &amp;
+ Encryption </h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+ signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+ signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+ really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+ it.</p>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it.
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult
+ for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is
+ in transit over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>
+ (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+ Own Certificate</a>.</li>
+ <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your
+ Security Settings</a>.
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in
+ <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a
+ New Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures
+ and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the
+ online document
+ <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+ to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3>
+
+<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by
+ means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+ cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature,
+ although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing
+ a contract.</p>
+
+<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you
+ need two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>
+ that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your
+ signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes
+ a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the
+ certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital
+ signature.
+
+ <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the
+ phonebook&mdash;it is public information that helps other people
+ communicate with you.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created
+ and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate.
+
+ <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the
+ &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique,
+ verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3>
+
+<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a>
+ for each of the message&apos;s recipients. The public key in each certificate
+ is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t have a certificate for even a single recipient, the
+ message cannot be encrypted.</p>
+
+<p>The recipient&apos;s software uses the recipient&apos;s private key, which
+ remains on that person&apos;s computer, to decrypt the message.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People&apos;s
+ Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+ is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest
+ ways to obtain someone else&apos;s certificate is for that person to send you
+ a digitally signed message.</p>
+
+<p>When you receive such a message, the person&apos;s certificate is
+ automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+ Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of
+ certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each
+ recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory,
+ such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to look up certificates automatically. This feature
+ is controlled by
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up
+ recipients&apos; email addresses in a directory.</p>
+
+<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a
+ directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when
+ you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom
+ you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open
+ the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose
+ View Security Info.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must
+ specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting
+ messages.</p>
+
+<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+ Own Certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a
+ particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+ <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+ you want to configure.</li>
+ <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can
+ proceed further.)
+
+ <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available
+ signing certificates.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li>
+ <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select
+ the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li>
+
+ <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under
+ Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system
+ administrator to find out for sure.</p>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt
+ all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings
+ are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for
+ individual messages.</p>
+
+<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the
+ Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as
+ follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Under Digital Signing:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is
+ selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally
+ signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To
+ turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Under Encryption (choose one):
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you
+ send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate
+ otherwise before you send them.</li>
+ <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the
+ messages you send from this account will be encrypted&mdash;but only if
+ you have valid certificates for each of the message&apos;s recipients.
+ If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the message
+ can&apos;t be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to
+ confirm them.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a New
+ Message</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at
+ least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings
+ correctly. For background information on these tasks, see
+ <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures
+ &amp; Encryption</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The settings specified in
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new
+ Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p>
+
+<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You
+ can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or
+ absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+ alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally
+ signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that
+ identifies you).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+ alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted
+ (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security
+ icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you
+ want from the drop-down list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off
+ encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is
+ sent over the Internet.</li>
+ <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption
+ for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it
+ can&apos;t be sent unless you have valid certificates for all
+ recipients.</li>
+ <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital
+ signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will
+ be signed.</li>
+ <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed
+ information about the security status of this message&mdash;to help you
+ determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of
+ the recipients.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about the message&apos;s security status, you
+ can also click the key or lock icon as described in
+ <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose
+ Window</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted
+ Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons
+ near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security
+ status of the message:</p>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+ alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally
+ signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature,
+ the pen is broken.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif"
+ alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a
+ large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server.
+ As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to
+ download the attachment and validate the signature.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+ alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there
+ is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For information about certificate validation, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling
+ Validation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To see more detailed information about the message&apos;s security, click
+ the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in
+ <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+ Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+ message you are composing. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+ Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your
+ message will be signed. There are three possibilities:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this
+ message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message
+ can be signed.</li>
+ <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this
+ message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for
+ this message. However, a valid
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you
+ for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that
+ makes signing impossible.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will
+ be encrypted. There are three possibilities:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message,
+ valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the
+ message can be encrypted.</li>
+ <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible
+ for this message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this
+ message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed
+ recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is
+ some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you compose a message and select a different account, the signing
+ and encryption preferences are updated to reflect the settings of
+ the newly selected account.</p>
+
+<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the
+ recipients of your message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the
+ list, select its name, then click View.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message
+ security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing
+ &amp; Encrypting Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message,
+ click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select
+ the options you want.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all
+ messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+ Message</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+ message you have received. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+ Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view
+ security information.</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the
+ message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li>
+
+ <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in
+ <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy
+ &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</a>. If you are not familiar with
+ OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings
+ are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the
+ certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p>
+
+ <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate&apos;s
+ trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+ Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p>
+
+ <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed,
+ click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li>
+ <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the
+ message is encrypted and any decrypting problems.
+ <ul>
+ <li>If the message&apos;s contents have been altered during transit, you
+ should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by
+ network problems.</li>
+ <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the
+ message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to
+ decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import
+ a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for
+ details.) If you don&apos;t have access to a backup certificate, you
+ will not be able to decrypt the message.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a28fd6606d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View
+ the Mail Window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images,
+ Scripts, and Plugins</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2>
+
+<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display
+ them in the Inbox by opening Mail &amp; Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox
+ for the IMAP account.</p>
+
+<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve
+ your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in
+ full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP
+ server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of
+ messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p>
+
+<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically
+ check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups.
+ While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking
+ Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>For blogs &amp; feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it
+ will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new
+ items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and
+ to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to
+ notify you when new messages have arrived.</p>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from
+ the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server
+ Settings category for that account.</li>
+ <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings
+ section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox
+ if you want to check this account automatically for new messages
+ whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn&apos;t download new messages
+ until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download
+ any new messages</q>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+ this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail
+ checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get
+ Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start
+ &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound or display
+ an alert when new mail arrives, see <a
+ href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages
+ for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+ <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts.
+
+ <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail
+ &amp; Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password
+ before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already
+ stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups doesn&apos;t prompt you for this information.)</p>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window)
+ and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+ <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you for your password
+ the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that
+ time.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own
+ computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see
+ <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+ Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail
+ Window</h2>
+
+<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you
+ choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar,
+ search bar, or the status bar.</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane
+ window layout to use.</li>
+ <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane
+ view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority,
+ begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open
+ the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort
+ by.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the
+ column.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+ and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with
+ all its responses:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date
+ column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select
+ Threaded.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+ <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by
+ the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion
+ for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the
+ Sort by submenu.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q>
+ in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the
+ threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The
+ thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in
+ this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected,
+ &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort
+ them by clicking on a column header.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed
+ thread where you&apos;ve read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li>
+ <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file).
+ Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by
+ Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li>
+ <li>Change the filename&apos;s extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml,
+ depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li>
+ <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To print a selected message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts,
+ and Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not
+ display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books
+ whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If
+ no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+ expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a
+ href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating
+ a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can
+ show remote content.</p>
+
+<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change
+ this setting:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the
+ list.)
+ <ul>
+ <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</q>
+ to enable plugins.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and
+ Newsgroup Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message
+ Composition Window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message
+ Sending Options</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your
+ Message Was Opened</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_draft_message">Saving and Editing a
+ Draft Message</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using
+ Templates</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup
+ Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of
+ the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then
+ Message.</li>
+ <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+ <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the
+ Mail toolbar.</li>
+ <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the
+ Address Book.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings -
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+ Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for
+ composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different
+ editor for each of your accounts.) See
+ <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing
+ the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for
+ them to be published in blogs &amp; news feeds accounts. If you want to
+ publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you
+ will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some
+ cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p>
+
+<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text
+ styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted
+ lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be
+ able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the
+ plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while
+ clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an
+ as-needed basis.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition
+ Window</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup
+ messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or
+ HTML by default in the <a
+ href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+ Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Account Settings).</p>
+
+<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail
+ toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Mail Toolbar
+
+ <p>You can click the following buttons:</p>
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address
+ books.</li>
+ <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See
+ <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more
+ information.</li>
+ <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message
+ text.</li>
+ <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether
+ your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or
+ both).</li>
+ <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li>
+ <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this
+ area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the
+ Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li>
+ <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an
+ additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in
+ &brandShortName; Composer.</p>
+
+<p>For help using the HTML editor, see
+ <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web
+ Pages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To address a mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Type the name in the addressing area.
+
+ <p>If you have <a
+ href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+ autocompletion</a> enabled (it&apos;s enabled by default), type the first
+ few letters of the recipient&apos;s name and wait for Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and
+ immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail &amp; Newsgroups try to complete
+ the address.)</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press
+ <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the
+ same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For
+ example, multiple entries might be:</p>
+
+ <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p>
+ </li>
+ <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the
+ <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See
+ <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the
+ Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li>
+ <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li>
+ <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the
+ other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon
+ copy).</li>
+ <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different
+ email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li>
+ <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li>
+ <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so
+ that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead
+ of the original newsgroup.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the
+ email address contained in a message you&apos;re reading, and then selecting
+ Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the
+ Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p>
+
+<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is
+ based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new
+ message. However, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also allows you to
+ change the account a message is sent from while you&apos;re composing a
+ message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select
+ the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of
+ the account where you sent the message from.</p>
+
+<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose
+ window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and
+ completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by
+ showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple
+ matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want to use an address that Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an
+ alternate address.</p>
+
+<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+ the list).</li>
+ <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address
+ Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending
+ Options</h2>
+
+<p>While you&apos;re composing a message, you can select these additional
+ message sending options from the Options menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you
+ choose the recipient&apos;s email address from your Address Books or a
+ remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory,
+ enter the first few letters of the recipient&apos;s first or last name to
+ start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to
+ address your message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection
+ of the message text shown as quoted text.</li>
+ <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a
+ confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep
+ in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt.
+ This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a
+ per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all
+ messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li>
+ <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML
+ (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it&apos;s unknown whether
+ the recipient&apos;s mail program can display an HTML message. The format
+ you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the
+ Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li>
+ <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the
+ message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li>
+ <li><strong>Text Encoding</strong>: Choose a text encoding used for this
+ message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an
+ additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default
+ Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li>
+ <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to have &brandShortName;
+ encrypt this message (without changing the default).</li>
+ <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to have
+ &brandShortName; digitally sign this message (without changing the
+ default).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Additionally, the following options are available from the Edit menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the
+ plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of
+ quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted
+ text to the number of characters specified by the
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>
+ preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a
+ message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original
+ message contains long lines.
+
+ <p>You use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit
+ menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing
+ messages. Select the Composition &amp; Addressing panel of the account
+ and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text
+ editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor
+ occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose
+ or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed
+ basis.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text
+ before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li>
+ <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the
+ spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To reply to a mail message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select the message.</li>
+ <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li>
+ <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to
+ specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+ You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the
+ <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+ Addressing</a> category for that account.</li>
+ <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when
+ replying</q>.</li>
+ <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below
+ the quote</q> is the default.</li>
+ <li>If you have decided to <a
+ href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a
+ signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply
+ above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature
+ is placed:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature
+ at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li>
+ <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your
+ signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can
+ optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit
+ it</a> when replying to a message.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2>
+
+<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included
+ in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an
+ <em>attachment</em>.</p>
+
+<p>To forward a message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li>
+ <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li>
+ <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+ list.)</li>
+ <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As
+ Attachment.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward
+ inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can
+ optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the
+ signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message,
+ select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then
+ choose Inline or Attachment.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message
+ Was Opened</h2>
+
+<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed
+ (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that
+ supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind
+ that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if
+ you&apos;ve requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not
+ include a return receipt request, since news servers don&apos;t support this
+ feature.</p>
+
+<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+ Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for
+ return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual
+ accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return
+ Receipt.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of
+ your mail accounts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+ Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_draft_message">Saving and Editing a Draft
+ Message</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save
+ as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the
+ current account.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save
+ it as a draft.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To edit or send a draft message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the draft
+ message.</li>
+ <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li>
+ <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft
+ button.</li>
+ <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li>
+ <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you
+ can complete it later.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts
+ folder.</p>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for
+ editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted draft messages, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the draft
+ messages.</li>
+ <li>Select the draft messages that you want to delete.</li>
+ <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2>
+
+<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you
+ send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a
+ template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a
+ Mail compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set
+ the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other
+ default formatting you want.
+
+ <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting
+ you want.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then
+ choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates
+ folder for the current mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To compose a message using a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you
+ created the message template.</li>
+ <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li>
+ <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send
+ it.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template
+ from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message
+ templates.</li>
+ <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li>
+ <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message
+ Sending Options</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying
+ Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the
+ Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail
+ Question Dialog Box</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and
+ tables&mdash;just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able
+ to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups allows you
+ to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text)
+ formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have.
+ In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or
+ plain-text messages by default, and how Mail &amp; Newsgroups should handle
+ messages when it&apos;s not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted
+ mail.</p>
+
+<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing
+ messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li>
+ <li>Go to the Composition &amp; Addressing panel and select <q>Compose
+ messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose
+ window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this
+ account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML
+ Elements</h3>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert
+ additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message.
+ If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to
+ change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then
+ open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter
+ HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+ <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert
+ menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and
+ text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+ <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+ horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+ dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+ Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and
+ JavaScript to objects.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see
+ <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the
+ Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending
+ Options</h2>
+
+<p>By default, Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages
+ when it&apos;s not known whether the recipient&apos;s mail program can
+ display HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+ <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+ list).
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages,
+ not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not
+ be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to
+ a different format when you click Send:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li>
+ <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the
+ submenu:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups chooses the
+ appropriate format for the message text. If it can&apos;t determine the
+ format, it asks you to choose a format.</li>
+ <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display
+ formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to
+ display the message.</li>
+ <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have
+ trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only
+ if you are sure the recipient&apos;s mail program can display
+ HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+ <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk
+ space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the
+ recipient&apos;s mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>When you&apos;ve finished composing the message, click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML
+ Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books
+ prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+ <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual&apos;s
+ card on the right.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li>
+ <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted
+ as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read
+ HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or
+ tables).
+
+ <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no
+ formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not
+ sure, choose Unknown.</p>
+
+ <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups determines
+ the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail &amp; Newsgroups still
+ can&apos;t determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a
+ sending format when you send the message.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message
+ Source for HTML Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message
+ you&apos;ve received:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li>
+ <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question
+ Dialog Box</h2>
+
+<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to
+ someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display
+ HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and
+ plain-text formats.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web
+ Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening
+ Attachments</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2>
+
+<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose
+ Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to
+ attach a file.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your
+ hard drive that you want to attach.</li>
+ <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your
+ desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li>
+ <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web
+ page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser,
+ you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send
+ Page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that
+ &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see
+ the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file
+ types, Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another
+ application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that
+ can open files of the same type as the attachment&apos;s file format. For
+ example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on
+ your computer that can open .DOC files.</p>
+
+<p>To open an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li>
+ <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to
+ do with the attachment:
+ <ul>
+ <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can
+ open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that
+ application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open
+ the attachment.</li>
+ <li>If &brandShortName; can&apos;t find an application on your hard disk
+ that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You
+ won&apos;t be able to open the attachment, but at least you can save
+ it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open
+ it.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper
+ applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine
+ how different file types are opened by other applications from within
+ &brandShortName;. For more information, see
+ <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+ Downloads</a>.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail
+ server, all attachments remain on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>To save an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>,
+ select the attachment that you want to save.</li>
+ <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the
+ pop-up menu.</li>
+ <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and
+ then click OK. Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it
+ to the specified location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click
+ <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose
+ Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the
+ attachments to be saved.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP
+ Messages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and
+ from the Trash</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2>
+
+<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP.
+ Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users
+ can set different options for deleting messages.</p>
+
+<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default,
+ Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li>
+ <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty
+ Trash.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane.
+
+ <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered
+ at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+ see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings
+ category under the account name.</li>
+ <li>Select the <a
+ href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a>
+ you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the
+ Trash</h2>
+
+<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use
+ the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or
+ other folders:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li>
+ <li>Click Delete. Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash
+ folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Trash folder.</li>
+ <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another
+ folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages permanently:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97e010492b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1439 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Browsing the Web</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1>
+
+<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use
+ &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser
+ component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages
+ and search the Web.</p>
+
+<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to
+ navigate, search, and save web pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and
+ Printing Pages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages
+ and International Content</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and
+ Efficiency</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#reopening_closed_tabs_windows">Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2>
+
+<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch
+ &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is
+ chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see
+ &brandShortName;&apos;s home page.</p>
+
+<p>To choose your own home page, see
+ <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying
+ How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName;
+ interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost
+ all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full
+ Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li>
+ <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2>
+
+<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL&mdash;its location (address) on the
+ Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more
+ names that identify the address. For instance,
+ <q>http://www.mozilla.org</q>.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li>
+ <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any
+ text already in the Location Bar.</li>
+ <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check
+ a web page&apos;s security status at any time. For details, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+ Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="images/locationbar.png"
+ alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Don&apos;t know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as
+ <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as
+ <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you
+ want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word
+ you typed.</p>
+
+<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the
+ <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2>
+
+<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens
+ whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but
+ buttons and images can also be links.</li>
+ <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link
+ points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2>
+
+<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li>
+ <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on
+ the Back and Forward buttons. You&apos;ll see a list of pages you&apos;ve
+ visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+ alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 8px;"></td>
+ <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td>
+ <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+ <td></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To see a list of any URLs you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar, click
+ the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it
+ from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the current session, open
+ the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li>
+
+ <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several
+ sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.
+ The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders
+ displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL
+ next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from
+ pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several sessions. For
+ information, see
+ <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3>
+
+<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar
+ list contains links to pages you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar and then
+ visited.</p>
+
+<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose
+ History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of
+ the Location Bar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press
+ <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd
+ class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages
+ you&apos;ve been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar
+ history entirely or selectively.</p>
+
+<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the
+ browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously
+ visited web pages from the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the
+ following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain
+ (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete
+ History for <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command
+ if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+ <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in
+ the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete History for
+ <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to
+ delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not
+ <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+ <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and
+ press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories
+ (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the
+ order.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reopening_closed_tabs_windows">Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; keeps track of your most recently closed tabs and
+ windows and allows you to get back to them easily.</p>
+
+<p>To reopen closed tabs:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Go menu and expand the Recently Closed Tabs menu.</li>
+ <li>Select any of the previously closed tabs from the list.
+ Once selected, it will be restored and removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Similarly, to reopen closed windows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Go Menu and expand the Recently Closed Windows menu.</li>
+ <li>Select any of the previously closed windows. Once selected,
+ it will be restored and removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2>
+
+<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and
+ don&apos;t want to view it, click the Stop button.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the
+ Reload button, or press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+ <tr>
+ <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+ alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td style="width: 87px;"></td>
+ <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+ <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains
+ a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or
+ press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2>
+
+<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to
+ remember. Fortunately, it&apos;s not necessary to memorize URLs in order to
+ browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to
+ interesting web pages.</p>
+
+<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a
+ bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a
+ folder and choose a bookmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p>
+
+<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or
+ to other interesting places on the Web. See
+ <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New
+ Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing
+ to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a
+ single browser window. You don&apos;t have to have several windows open to
+ visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You
+ can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without
+ having to switch to another window.</p>
+
+<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened
+ automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing
+ preferences, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+ - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see
+ <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2>
+
+<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come
+ to you by using Sidebar.</p>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items
+ that you need to use all the time, including your bookmarks, browser history,
+ address book, and other available options. Sidebar presents these items to
+ you in tabs that it continually updates.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+ customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details,
+ see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img src="images/sidebar.png"
+ alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td>
+ <td style="vertical-align:
+ middle; -moz-padding-end: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td>
+ <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar
+ by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in
+ the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar,
+ press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the
+ Bookmarks or History List</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2>
+
+<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar,
+ from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a
+ question, or just a word or two, into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, as
+ shown below.</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/search.png" width="305" height="40" alt=
+ "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p>
+
+<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Double-click in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li>
+ <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current
+ text.</li>
+ <li>Perform one of these steps:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Click the Search button.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Search Google for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of the
+ drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may be
+ different.)
+
+ <p>The default search engine you choose in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Internet
+ Search Preferences</a> is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q>
+ appear in the browser window. Click the links to visit web pages
+ about baby dolls.</p>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: In the <q>Unknown Locations</q> section of the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">Location Bar
+ Preferences</a>, you can set up the Location Bar so a search is automatically
+ performed if the text you have typed is not a web location. Typing a word in
+ the Location Bar and pressing <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac">
+ Return</kbd> will then perform a search.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you keep a search bar in your sidebar.
+ For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+ handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open
+ the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+ submenu.</li>
+ <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+ <li>Open the drop-down list, and choose a search engine.</li>
+ <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li>
+ <li>Click Search. Search results for &apos;toy car&apos; appear in the
+ browser window. Click the links to visit web pages about toy cars.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information
+ on how to use Sidebar.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from your search engine's
+ home page</h3>
+
+<p>You can also perform a search from your search engine's home page.
+ To visit this page, perform one of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif"
+ width="66" height="20" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words
+ in a Web Page</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web
+ page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li>
+ <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for
+ [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences)
+ and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To
+ learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words
+ and the way your search results are displayed, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences
+ - Internet Search</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also
+ specify how you want search results displayed.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+ are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for
+ web searching.</li>
+ <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar
+ when a search is invoked</q> if you want the Sidebar search tab to open
+ when you perform a search.</li>
+ <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open new tabs for sidebar search
+ results</q> if you want to see the results from Sidebar searches to open in
+ a new tab instead of the current tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page
+ you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame
+ before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find bar</q>.</li>
+ <li>Type the text you want to find.</li>
+ <li>Click Next to begin the search from where the cursor is forwards
+ to the bottom of the page.</li>
+ <li>Click Previous to begin the search from the cursor backwards to
+ the top of the page.</li>
+ <li>With <strong>Highlight all</strong>, all words or phrases that
+ matched are highlighted on the page.</li>
+ <li>Use <strong>Match case</strong> to limit the search to words or
+ phrases that exactly match what you typed (taking case into
+ account).</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If the search hits the bottom (or top) of the page, it will continue
+ from the other end and indicate on the Find bar that it wrapped.</p>
+
+<p>To find the same word or phrase again, keep pressing Enter while the
+ focus is on the search field, or use the Find Again shortcuts (see
+ the <q>Using Find-as-you-type</q> section below) when the focus
+ is on the page. In both cases, a forward search will be invoked,
+ no matter whether the Previous button was used the last time.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2>
+
+<p>Other than searching text through the Find bar, you can also search by
+ typing directly into a Web page.</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser
+ window to navigate to any link with that text in it.
+
+ <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all
+ the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a
+ match with the exact string you&apos;ve typed, such as
+ <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there
+ first.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd>
+ before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to
+ search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li>
+ <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your
+ search string and whether or not the search was successful. Please note
+ that this happens only if the <q>Show the find toolbar during find as you
+ type</q> checkbox on the <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt">Find
+ As You Type preferences panel</a> is not selected. If the checkbox is
+ selected, then the <q>Find bar</q> is used instead of changing the status
+ bar.</li>
+ <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li>
+ <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the
+ timeout.</li>
+ <li>Press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+ <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+ class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+ <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurrence of the search
+ text.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p>
+
+<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and
+ Japanese.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or
+ History List</h2>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your
+ Bookmarks window.</li>
+ <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks.
+ You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose
+ from the following search options:
+ <ul>
+ <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or
+ <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li>
+ <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends
+ with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which
+ you&apos;re searching.</li>
+ <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching
+ for.</li>
+ <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn&apos;t contain</q> to
+ exclude pages.</li>
+ <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web
+ address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in
+ the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press
+ <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>To search the History list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li>
+ <li>Above the actual list, you see a textbox titled <q>Search History</q>.</li>
+ <li>Click into this textbox and type parts of the URL or page title you are
+ searching for.</li>
+ <li>The History list is filtered for those search terms as you type them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To use the search results:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web
+ page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+ <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing
+ Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a
+ Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Select the text.</li>
+ <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p>
+
+<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li>
+ <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up
+ menu.</li>
+ <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a
+ link, you are offered both options.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser&apos;s Location
+ Bar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog
+ box.</li>
+ <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+ <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along
+ with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view
+ it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new
+ directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files
+ necessary to show the whole web page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is
+ without images.</li>
+ <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file.
+ This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but
+ will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text
+ editor.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected,
+ the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save
+ Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p>
+
+<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code)
+ when you&apos;re not connected to the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>To save an image from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li>
+ <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li>
+ <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li>
+ <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a
+ non-formatted page, like a data file, that&apos;s not intended for
+ viewing):</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page&apos;s link.</li>
+ <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+ <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up
+ menu.</li>
+ <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+ <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files
+ to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin
+ with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q>
+ or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie
+ files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p>
+
+<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as
+ your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As
+ Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Select the text in the current page.</li>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li>
+ <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window,
+ determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and
+ graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p>
+
+<div class="noMac">
+
+<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3>
+
+<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is
+ printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages
+ you want to print.</li>
+ <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to
+ jump to its preview. Click the First
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>,
+ Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif"
+ alt="previous button"/>, Next
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>,
+ or Last
+ <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button
+ to move between pages.</li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages,
+ using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the
+ original page and two special options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+ automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+ <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size
+ and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make
+ each page half the size of the original page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page
+ normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li>
+ <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the
+ page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li>
+ <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview
+ dialog.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or
+ unavailable on Mac OS, Linux or Unix.</p>
+
+<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page
+ Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p>
+
+<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to
+ print:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Format &amp; Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and
+ other options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Orientation</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this
+ <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Portrait.png"
+ alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the
+ shorter side facing up.</li>
+ <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this
+ <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Landscape.png"
+ alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the
+ longer side facing up.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size.
+ For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of
+ the original page.
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+ automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Options</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select
+ this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only
+ images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Margins &amp; Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up
+ margins, headers, and footers:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Margins</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in
+ inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Headers &amp; Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list
+ represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down
+ lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row
+ are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-down
+ list, choose one of the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li>
+ <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li>
+ <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URLs usually
+ start with <q>http://</q>).</li>
+ <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web
+ page is printed.</li>
+ <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the
+ total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web
+ page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any
+ of the following codes to print specific information:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>&amp;PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example:
+ <q>3 of 5</q>)</li>
+ <li><strong>&amp;P</strong>: Page Number</li>
+ <li><strong>&amp;D</strong>: Date</li>
+ <li><strong>&amp;U</strong>: URL</li>
+ <li><strong>&amp;T</strong>: Page Title</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page
+ Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and
+ International Content</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Text Encodings
+ and Fonts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language
+ Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version
+ in your own language</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Text Encodings and
+ Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language,
+ you need to select the appropriate text encodings and fonts.</p>
+
+<p>A text encoding method is the way characters in a document or message are
+ converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail or
+ news messages use a text encoding method (also known as a character set,
+ character coding, or charset).</p>
+
+<p>The text encoding method for a document may depend on its language.
+ Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding
+ method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods.
+ In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8,
+ for example, can be used for any language document.</p>
+
+<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default text encoding which is
+ appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you
+ may need to select appropriate text encoding methods and designate the fonts
+ you wish to use for your language.</p>
+
+<p>To select text encodings, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Text Encoding, and then choose More
+ Encodings.</li>
+ <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li>
+ <li>Choose a text encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps 1-3 for
+ each text encoding method you want.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The text encoding methods you select are added to the Text Encoding menu.
+ If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active one has a
+ bullet (dot) next to it.</p>
+
+<p>If the page, which you are viewing, shows wrong character glyphs with all
+ predefined text encodings, there is a chance that it requires special fonts.
+ Such websites should contain instructions on which fonts to download and/or
+ use in order to view the page correctly. When you have the necessary fonts
+ installed on your system, you can choose User Defined from the More Encodings
+ submenu. &brandShortName; will then use the fonts defined in the <a
+ href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts">Fonts preferences</a> (Fonts for:
+ User Defined).</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can detect which text encoding a document uses, and can
+ display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this capability,
+ begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Text Encoding, and then choose
+ Auto-Detect.</li>
+ <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose (Off) from the
+ submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To make changes to your list of active text encodings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the View menu, choose Text Encoding, and then choose Customize
+ List. You can see the Customize Text Encoding dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Choose from the following procedures:
+ <ul>
+ <li>To add to the list of active text encodings, choose a text encoding
+ from the list on the left and click Add.</li>
+ <li>To remove a text encoding from the active list, choose a text
+ encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li>
+ <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Text
+ Encoding menu, highlight text encodings in the list on the right,
+ and use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to move the text encodings
+ up or down in the list.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language
+ group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European
+ languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+ <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+ sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for
+ proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li>
+ <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and
+ Fantasy.</li>
+ <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web
+ pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes
+ the same amount of space.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the
+ author&apos;s font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other
+ fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the user
+ interface&mdash;text of buttons, dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items.
+ You can download and install language packages from the
+ <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey Project
+ Releases</a> page and then use the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+ panel</a> to switch user interface language.</p>
+
+<p>A web page can sometimes be available in several languages. In the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages">Languages Preferences
+ panel</a>, you can configure &brandShortName; so the page is shown in the
+ language you prefer. You can have multiple languages and list them in order
+ of preference.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning
+ of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your
+ own language</h2>
+
+<p>If you&apos;re looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other
+ than American English, you can download it from the
+ <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey
+ Project Releases</a> page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as
+ movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications
+ that can handle those files. If the browser doesn&apos;t have the needed
+ helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk.
+ When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p>
+
+<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the
+ browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins like Sun Java, Macromedia
+ Flash, and RealNetworks RealPlayer allow &brandShortName; to show multimedia
+ files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, and games.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have
+ to add them separately.</p>
+
+<p>To see a full list of &brandShortName; plugins you can install, see the
+ <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a> page on MozDev.org.</p>
+
+<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Help menu and choose About Plugins.</li>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Add-ons Manager, and select the Plugins
+ panel.
+
+ <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn more about the Add-ons Manager and its
+ features, see the section
+ <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons
+ Manager</a>.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press
+ <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have the option to
+ launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For
+ example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of
+ &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>The settings for this are explained in detail in
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Preferences
+ - Helper Applications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2>
+
+<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download
+ Manager shows the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>filename</li>
+ <li>time remaining before download is complete</li>
+ <li>transfer speed</li>
+ <li>percent complete</li>
+ <li>time elapsed</li>
+ <li>web location (source)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click
+ Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li>
+ <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel
+ to stop the download.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from
+ List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the
+ file from your hard disk.</li>
+ <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix">
+ Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show
+ the location of a selected file.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest
+ Software Automatically</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+ <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making
+ &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2>
+
+<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically
+ loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These
+ features, Java and JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take
+ time to load.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off Java, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Advanced Preferences -
+ Advanced</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+ Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2>
+
+<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and
+ Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org
+ the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and
+ the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p>
+
+<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+ <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li>
+ <li>Click Properties.</li>
+ <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into
+ the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName;
+ will load that URL.</p>
+
+<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3>
+
+<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search
+ engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering
+ <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search
+ on Lord of the Rings.</p>
+
+<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li>
+ <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li>
+ <li>Submit the search query.</li>
+ <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File
+ Bookmark.</li>
+ <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the
+ dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>.
+ For example, the location might become
+ <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&amp;btnI=I&apos;mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li>
+ <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li>
+ <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li>
+ <li>Close the dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering
+ <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar.
+</p>
+
+<p>For more details and examples, see
+<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This
+ way, the computer doesn&apos;t have to retrieve the page from the network
+ each time you view it.</p>
+
+<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB
+ is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be
+ quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p>
+
+<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If
+ maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk
+ cache.</p>
+
+<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so
+ that you don&apos;t keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the
+ <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+ menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+ <li>Choose from the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+ it.</li>
+ <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+ want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+ is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+ <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+ you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+ &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they
+ should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the
+ page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes
+ time.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click the Reload button in the browser&apos;s Navigation Toolbar. The
+ computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the
+ page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software
+ Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are
+ available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can
+ also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons
+ are available.</p>
+
+<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced
+ Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel
+ functions in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences -
+ Mouse Wheel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<div class="win">
+
+ <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your
+ Default Browser</h2>
+
+ <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the
+ Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make
+ &brandShortName; your default browser.</p>
+
+ <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and
+ Protocols</h3>
+
+ <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically
+ open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common
+ Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Image Files</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML,
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>,
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>,
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default
+ Browser Settings Automatically</h3>
+
+ <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is
+ the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or
+ protocols. If it isn&apos;t, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not
+ currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your
+ default browser?</q></p>
+
+ <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No,
+ you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName;
+ starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time,
+ too</q>.</p>
+
+ <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>,
+ you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your
+ settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the
+ default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+ Browser</a>.</p>
+
+ <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1>
+
+<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This
+ prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The
+ protection is called a firewall.</p>
+
+<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a
+ proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents
+ outsiders from breaking into your organization&apos;s private network.</p>
+
+<p>For information on setting your proxy preferences, see
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences -
+ Proxies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd5b25af85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Viewing Page Info</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1>
+
+<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different
+ kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a
+ brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the
+ View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds
+ to the kind of information you want to view.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Forms, Links and Media
+ tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This
+ information is usually of interest only to web developers and other
+ specialists.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page
+ Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01
+ Specification</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Privacy Tab</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic
+ information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion displays the name of the page (if it has one) and the
+ following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>URL</strong>: The
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the
+ page&mdash;that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location
+ Bar near the top of the browser window.</li>
+ <li><strong>Render mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using
+ <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong>
+ to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that
+ may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web
+ browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode
+ adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the
+ render mode automatically according to information contained in the web
+ page itself.</li>
+ <li><strong>Source</strong>: Indicates whether the source code for this page
+ has been cached.</li>
+ <li><strong>Text Encoding</strong>: The text encoding used for this HTML
+ document.</li>
+ <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li>
+ <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if
+ available.</li>
+ <li><strong>Expires</strong>: The date on which the information displayed by
+ the page expires.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags
+ provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a
+ general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright
+ information, and so on.</p>
+
+<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you
+ see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently
+ viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page
+ is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Name</strong>: The form&apos;s name, if any.</li>
+ <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information
+ captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your
+ filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form.
+ <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be
+ read by a program on the website.</li>
+ <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when
+ the form is submitted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the
+ bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of that
+ form&apos;s elements is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element&apos;s label (if it is tagged as such
+ in the HTML).</li>
+ <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element&apos;s name.</li>
+ <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element&apos;s input type, such as
+ <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button),
+ or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not
+ displayed on the screen).</li>
+ <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For
+ example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently
+ contains.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you
+ see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information
+ is displayed for each link:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li>
+ <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the
+ page to which the link points.</li>
+ <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a
+ specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you
+ see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the
+ page.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its
+ address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab,
+ the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as
+ description, size, or dimensions.</p>
+
+<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To
+ see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info
+ dialog box and drag.</p>
+
+<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save
+ As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_tab">Privacy (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Privacy tab, you
+ see a list of all the special elements that are part of the page.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Page Components</strong>: Under the page URL, there are many
+ categories. To see the list of items in any category, double-click on
+ the name:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Links</strong>: Shows all of the links.</li>
+ <li><strong>Java Applets</strong>: Lists the Java applets (if any).</li>
+ <li><strong>Image Maps</strong>: Shows all of the image maps.</li>
+ <li><strong>Form Submissions</strong>: List the script names used to
+ gather used data on the page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Frames</strong>: Shows the frames which make up the page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Images</strong>: Displays all of the images used in the
+ page.</li>
+ <li><strong>External Loaded Documents</strong>: Contains the list of the
+ external documents loaded to display the page (such as css files or
+ images).</li>
+ <li><strong>Generic Objects</strong>: Shows a list of generic
+ objects.</li>
+ <li><strong>Scripts</strong>: Lists all of the scripts in the page.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Policy</strong>: This button will try to open the policy file for
+ the website whose page is currently shown.</li>
+ <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this if you want to view the Privacy
+ Policy Viewer, showing concise data about the privacy policy of the website
+ you are browsing.</li>
+ <li><strong>Options</strong>: This will try to open the page on the remote
+ website that allows the user to modify his/her own personal data stored on
+ the remote website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you
+ see information about
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are
+ viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website&apos;s identity has
+ been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was
+ encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p>
+
+<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the
+ lower-right corner of any browser window.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are
+ viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore,
+ Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though
+ unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li>
+ <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that
+ Certificate Manager has used to verify this website&apos;s identity was
+ issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You
+ can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these
+ messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other
+ people can view information sent from your computer to the website or
+ information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that
+ someone is actually doing so.</li>
+ <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an
+ encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption,
+ measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the
+ encryption&mdash;that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to
+ unscramble the encrypted information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern
+ only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your
+ credit card number.</p>
+
+<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the
+ state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For
+ more details, see
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+ Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8e442dbbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Password Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master
+ Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see
+ <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+ Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+ Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+ Master Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you&apos;re not
+ already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>Password Manager</h3>
+
+<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn
+ Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords
+ at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when
+ they&apos;re requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same
+ checkbox.</li>
+ <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage
+ information about your stored passwords and the websites whose user names
+ and passwords you don&apos;t want to be stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to
+ override it for individual websites and how to view and manage stored
+ passwords,see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using
+ the Password Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords and personal data, this
+ sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file that&apos;s
+ difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way of storing
+ information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This is the default
+ setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager.</p>
+
+<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption.
+ Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an
+ unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information. To turn on
+ encryption you need to set a <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master
+ password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff
+ between improved security and convenience:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+ periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For further information see the
+ discussion of the Master Password at
+ <a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+ Passwords</a>.)</li>
+ <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all
+ (unless you&apos;re using certificates for identification purposes), but it
+ may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your
+ passwords.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+ <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+ Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Password Manager dialog box to control
+ your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose
+ Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p>
+
+<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of
+ websites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and
+ password&mdash;that is, the websites for which you selected <q>Yes</q>
+ in response to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon
+ information.
+
+ <p>The second column shows the user name for each website. If the password
+ is stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user
+ name.</p>
+
+ <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p>
+
+ <ul>
+ <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm
+ your choice.</li>
+ <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password
+ will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you
+ visit that website.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list
+ of websites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response
+ to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon information.
+
+ <p>If a website is included on this list, you will always have to type in
+ your user name and password manually when you log onto the website.</p>
+
+ <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask
+ you, the next time you log onto the website, whether to store your user
+ name and password.</p>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the
+ list as follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to
+ remove, then click Remove.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries
+ listed in the tab you are viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href=
+ "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+ Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+ Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Master Passwords preferences panel. If you are
+ not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+ hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+ identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+ can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+ is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+ also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website
+ passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager.</p>
+
+<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own
+ separate Master Password.</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any
+ of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master
+ Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see
+ <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li>
+ <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+ (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master
+ password only the first time it needs access to the private key
+ database after launching. The browser will not request the master
+ password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting
+ provides the lowest level of protection.</li>
+ <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+ the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+ first requesting your master password. This setting provides the
+ highest level of protection.</li>
+ <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+ This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+ needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+ has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the
+ master password for the Software Security Device. For more information,
+ see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change
+ Password button.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+ not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+ no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Change Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+ hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+ identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+ can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+ is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+ also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive
+ information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored
+ by the Password Manager.</p>
+
+<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following
+ information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a
+ separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart
+ cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master
+ password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a
+ drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you
+ to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li>
+ <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master
+ password, you must first type the current password. If you don&apos;t type
+ the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not
+ enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this
+ happens, you must retype your current password.</li>
+ <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this
+ field.</li>
+ <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If
+ you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you did the first time,
+ the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new
+ password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password,
+ that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This
+ can be dangerous&mdash;for example, if you manage your financial accounts
+ over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a master password that&apos;s
+ difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a
+ rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+ such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+ and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to
+ guess your password.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing
+ a Good Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record your master password in a safe
+ place&mdash;and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible
+ to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access
+ important information, such as websites that require passwords or
+ certificates stored on your computer.</p>
+
+<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+ permanently erase all the encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your
+ behalf by Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates
+ associated with the <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">
+ Software Security Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change
+ Password button in the Master Passwords preferences panel.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+ not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+ no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Reset Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+ permanently erase all encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your behalf
+ by Password Manager You will also lose all your personal certificates
+ associated with the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security
+ device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so
+ without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the
+ Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password
+ rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Master Passwords
+ preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see
+ <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if
+ you are absolutely sure you&apos;ve forgotten it. The seriousness of the
+ situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password
+ protects.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it
+ removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to
+ specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store
+ personal information.</p>
+
+<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal
+ information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as
+ you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords
+ again.In addition, any personal certificates associated with the software
+ security device will be permanently erased and you will need to apply for new
+ ones.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own
+ master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data
+ on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change
+ the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you
+ cannot reset it.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2>
+
+<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information
+ safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some
+ or all of these suggestions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and
+ numbers.</li>
+ <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters&mdash;putting capitals in random
+ locations throughout a password is effective.</li>
+ <li>Nonsense words that aren&apos;t found in dictionaries but are easy to
+ pronounce.</li>
+ <li>Eight or more characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the
+ following common items should be avoided:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li>
+ <li>Your social security number.</li>
+ <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li>
+ <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li>
+ <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li>
+ <li>Your username, login name or computer&apos;s name.</li>
+ <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li>
+ <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li>
+ <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the
+ end of your name or spelling backwards.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the
+ first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q>
+ stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in
+ the middle is included for increased security. (Don&apos;t use this
+ password!)</p>
+
+<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these
+ simple rules:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li>
+ <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li>
+ <li>Every few months, change your password.</li>
+ <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don&apos;t have to write it
+ down.</li>
+ <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a09f83395d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy on the Internet</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1>
+
+<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and
+ security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how
+ your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, and images while you
+ are surfing the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see
+ <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</a> and
+ <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the
+ Cookie Manager</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the
+ Password Manager</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data">Clearing Private
+ Data</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing
+ in a Private Window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+ Stored Sensitive Information</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li>
+ <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1>
+
+<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the
+ Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your
+ own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet
+ privacy issues.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">What
+ Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and
+ How Do They Work?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are
+ Websites Tracking Me?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I
+ Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+ Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About
+ Me?</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">What Information
+ Does My Browser Give to a Website?</h2>
+
+<p>When your browser displays a web page&mdash;for example, each time you click
+ a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email
+ message&mdash;it gives certain kinds of information to the website. This
+ information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment,
+ your Internet address, and the page you&apos;re coming from.</p>
+
+<h3>Operating Environment</h3>
+
+<p>The website is told something about your operating environment, such as your
+ browser type and operating system. This helps the website present the page in
+ the best way for your screen. For example, the website might learn that you
+ use &brandShortName;&nbsp;2.19 on a Windows&nbsp;7 computer.</p>
+
+<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3>
+
+<p>Your browser must tell the website your Internet address (also known as the
+ Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the website knows where to send the page
+ you are requesting. The website can&apos;t present the page you want to see
+ unless it knows your IP address.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p>
+
+<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that&apos;s attached
+ to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you
+ a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address
+ for the duration of your Internet session&mdash;for example, until you sign
+ off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer&apos;s
+ live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they
+ assign the addresses at random to users.</p>
+
+<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a
+ fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p>
+
+<h3>Referring Page</h3>
+
+<p>The website is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link
+ to see one of the website&apos;s pages. This allows the website to know which
+ website referred you. Or, as you traverse the website, it allows the website
+ to know which of its pages you came from.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do
+ They Work?</h2>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some websites. When you
+ visit a website that uses cookies, the website might ask your browser to place
+ one or more cookies on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends back the cookies
+ that belong to the website.</p>
+
+<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible
+ to you, and you won&apos;t know when a website is setting a cookie or when
+ your browser is sending a website&apos;s cookie back. However, you can set
+ your preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For
+ information on how to do this, see
+ <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+ Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<h3>How Do Websites Use Cookie Information?</h3>
+
+<p>Cookies allow a website to know something about your previous visits. For
+ example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a
+ website, the website may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what
+ authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p>
+
+<p>Some websites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the
+ information they gather.</p>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3>
+
+<p>If your browser stores a website&apos;s cookie, it will return the cookie
+ only to that particular website. Your browser will not provide one website
+ with cookies set by another. Since a website can only receive its own cookies,
+ it can learn about your activities while you are at that website but not your
+ activities in general while surfing the Web.</p>
+
+<p>But sometimes a website displays content that is hosted on another website.
+ That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement.
+ The other website that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a
+ cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit the website directly.
+</p>
+
+<p>Cookies that are stored by a website other than the one you are visiting are
+ called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign
+ cookies</strong>. Websites sometimes use third-party cookies with
+ <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help websites
+ count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the
+ website, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also
+ known as web beacons or web bugs.)</p>
+
+<p>If you want, you can <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">adjust your
+ cookie preferences</a> so that websites can store ordinary cookies but not
+ third-party ones, or only for those sites that you have previously visited.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are Websites
+ Tracking Me?</h2>
+
+<p>Websites are frequently interested in how they are used and by whom.
+ Thus, they may perform analytics on your browsing behavior, either by
+ themselves, or by utilizing a third-party service.</p>
+
+<p>Motivations for such user tracking may be a more personalized browsing
+ experience, e.g., by offering you services or products corresponding to your
+ previous browsing pattern, thus making it more likely that you are interested
+ in those. Third-party services are mostly interested in placing advertisements
+ that match your interests, thus making it more likely that you would click on
+ those ads, which in turn generates revenue.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, this list isn&apos;t all inclusive, other reasons may exist to
+ track the user&apos;s browsing behavior. To summarize, the trade-off is:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Pros</strong>: Tracking of the user&apos;s browsing activity
+ allows the website to provide a more specific browsing experience, by
+ analyzing and matching your interests. You may even get offers you
+ wouldn&apos;t receive without prior knowledge of your usage pattern.</li>
+ <li><strong>Cons</strong>: In most cases, especially with third-party
+ tracking services, the information is gathered without the user&apos;s
+ consent, and its usage is not transparent. Comprehensive user profiling
+ across websites and over long periods of time may be considered intrusive
+ and a questionable practice violating the user&apos;s privacy.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>What Are the Mechanisms of User Tracking?</h3>
+
+<p>There isn&apos;t any single tracking mechanism, rather several methods
+ exist. For example, a website may employ one or more of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">Cookies</a>: This is
+ the most direct form of user tracking. When visiting a website for the
+ first time, a random but unique identifier is created by that site and
+ stored as a cookie in &brandShortName;. When returning to the website,
+ this cookie associates you with any previous visit to that site. This is
+ especially effective for third-party tracking given that such a service
+ can collect data from multiple websites they have contracts with based on
+ just a single tracking cookie.</li>
+ <li><a href="#internet_address">Internet Address</a>: The IP address
+ identifies your location on your provider&apos;s network. It may also
+ serve as a reference to your geographical location. Even without cookies,
+ multiple accesses to one or more websites from the same location can be
+ associated with each other in this way.</li>
+ <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#location_aware_browsing">Geolocation</a>:
+ Much more detailed information about the user&apos;s location can be
+ obtained with location aware browsing services. Based on additional
+ information gathered by the browser, such as wireless access points,
+ a user&apos;s position and (in certain situations) heading and speed can
+ be determined and used by the website to track the user.</li>
+ <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">Browser
+ Fingerprinting</a>: This method attempts to identify specific users based
+ on the characteristics of the browser that they are using. Such
+ characteristics include browser type and version, platform used, language
+ preferences, and possibly installed plugins or add-ons.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>What Can I Do to Prevent User Tracking?</h3>
+
+<p>In general, there is no complete protection against unwanted tracking of
+ one&apos;s browsing activities. However, there are a couple of ways to make
+ it harder to get tracked:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security">Do Not Track</a>:
+ This is a method that allows users to explicitly opt out of their
+ browsing behavior being tracked. &brandShortName; supports sending
+ <q>Do Not Track</q> requests to websites, but they are <em>not</em>
+ obligated to honor such requests.</li>
+ <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security">Site blocking</a>:
+ &brandShortName; can block content that has been identified as serving
+ the purpose of user tracking based on a list downloaded periodically
+ from a server. In this way, connections to such <em>known</em> tracking
+ sites can be prevented upfront.</li>
+ <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed -->
+ <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#location_aware_browsing">Location Aware
+ Browsing</a>: Disabling geolocation services prevents a website from
+ obtaining location information beyond what can be derived from the IP
+ address of the access alone. Note though that this is always an opt-in
+ service, thus you will get a notification for each request unless you
+ gave a website permanent permission to use geolocation services.</li>
+ <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed -->
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a>: The power of
+ tracking cookies is their persistence across sessions. Thus, when you
+ restart &brandShortName;, the identifying cookie will still be sent to
+ the website performing the analytics. One measure against third-party
+ tracking is to prohibit third-party cookies altogether; another option is
+ the restriction of cookies to the current session only. Some websites may
+ no longer function correctly, but you can add exceptions to such sites in
+ the Data Manager or with the Cookie Manager options in the Tools menu.</li>
+ <li><a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins">Plugins</a>: Obscure plugins make
+ browser fingerprinting easier. Thus, if you need such plugins for some
+ websites but not in general, disable them in the Add-ons Manager until
+ you need them, to avoid that they are disclosed to tracking sites.</li>
+ <li><a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a>: There is a variety
+ of extensions available for privacy &amp; security support. Some of them
+ will block unwanted content from advertisers or tracking services, others
+ provide more control on private data collected by plugins (e.g., Flash
+ cookies), or when and how to run scripts or embedded content.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The issues related to user tracking are complex.
+ This description is not intended to be complete but to provide you with some
+ basic information on this topic.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web
+ Pages in Email Messages?</h2>
+
+<p>You can disable cookies, images, and plugins completely (JavaScript is
+ always disabled) for web pages that are received as part of email
+ messages.</p>
+
+<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when
+ you&apos;re browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages
+ sent as attachments to messages.</p>
+
+<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, and plugins in
+ email messages, see the following sections:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security
+ Preferences - Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Preferences - Message Display</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+ Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+ Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About Me?</h2>
+
+<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy
+ policies for the websites you visit and the Internet services you use, and
+ to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p>
+
+<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number,
+ address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page,
+ email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to
+ intercept it.</p>
+
+<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a website&apos;s privacy
+ policy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>What kinds of personal information is this website gathering?</li>
+ <li>How will the website use the information?</li>
+ <li>Will the website share the information with others and do I have choices
+ regarding the use of any shared information?</li>
+ <li>Can I access some or all of the information a website gathers about me, in
+ order to inspect or update it?</li>
+ <li>How does the website protect the information?</li>
+ <li>How do I contact the website if I have questions or problems?</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd06ce1f44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="privsec_preferences">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy &amp; Security preferences.
+ To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Privacy &amp; Security category. If no subcategories are
+ visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand the list, then
+ click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For help with a panel&apos;s settings, click the appropriate link below.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Related sections:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy &amp; Security</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs">Private Data</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li>
+ <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows</a></li>
+ <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls">SSL/TLS</a></li>
+ <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificates</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+ Privacy &amp; Security</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Privacy &amp; Security
+ preferences panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these
+ steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Click the Privacy &amp; Security category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>User Tracking</h3>
+
+<p>These settings allow you to communicate your tracking preferences to
+ websites and to actively block tracking requests from known tracking
+ sites. <a href="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking">User tracking</a> refers
+ to websites (including advertisers, analytics providers, and social sites)
+ collecting and analyzing comprehensive data on your web browsing patterns,
+ thus affecting your privacy. For more information on this topic, see
+ <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and
+ How Are Websites Tracking Me?</a> The following options are available in
+ this section:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Tell websites that I do not want to be tracked</strong>: Check
+ this to instruct &brandShortName; to inform every website you explicitly
+ visit (along with any providers of third-party content embedded in its
+ pages) that you don&apos;t want your browsing behavior being tracked.
+ If checked, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track">Do Not Track</a>
+ request is sent to each website visited.</li>
+ <li><strong>Prevent tracking activities by known sites</strong>: Check
+ this to instruct &brandShortName; to actively block connections to
+ websites which are known to provide tracking services. You may not see
+ any content coming from these sites in the web page visited.</li>
+ <li><strong>Warn me when known tracking activities were detected</strong>:
+ Check this to be presented with a notification bar when content was blocked
+ which can be used for tracking. This bar contains the following buttons:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Keep Blocking</strong>: Dismiss the notification bar without
+ loading the content from an identified tracking site.</li>
+ <li><strong>Unblock</strong>: Allow such content to be loaded now and
+ automatically when this page is visited again in the future.</li>
+ <li><strong>Preferences</strong>: Open the Privacy &amp; Security
+ preference panel.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Honoring a Do Not Track request is voluntary, thus individual websites
+ are <em>not required</em> to obey it. Websites and services that follow
+ the policy should stop gathering and using information about your web
+ browsing pattern for all activity for which Do Not Track is selected.</li>
+ <li>Requesting Do Not Track from a website should not affect your ability
+ to use the website properly (e.g., when using a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> or when
+ putting items into a cart while shopping).</li>
+ <li>Note that Do Not Track does not <em>prevent</em> advertisements from
+ being presented to you while browsing. Since the website is not allowed to
+ gather and utilize information about you, the content of the advertisements
+ will be less specific if you have the Do Not Track option selected.</li>
+ <li>Tracking prevention actively blocks content known to be used for tracking
+ in a web page. Thus, the page may appear incomplete. Such sites are
+ identified by periodically downloading a list of known tracking sites
+ which are to be blocked if enabled. Tracking sites <em>not</em> on that
+ list will still be connected to until they are listed.</li>
+ <li>The selection of <q>Unblock</q> in the notification bar for a specific
+ site can be revoked in the Permissions tab of the Data Manager. When in
+ a <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private
+ window</a>, these options aren&apos;t present in the notification bar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="location_aware_browsing">Location Aware Browsing</h3>
+
+<p>Websites may want to obtain more detailed information about the user&apos;s
+ location, e.g., to offer specific services close to the current position. For
+ that purpose, they can request the longitude and latitude (along with other
+ information like altitude and heading, as available) from a browser.
+ &brandShortName; will never provide that information without the user&apos;s
+ consent. However, a notification is displayed for a page that requests the
+ location at least the first time that this site is visited. The preferences
+ located in the center section of the <a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy
+ &amp; Security panel</a> allow you to disable this feature entirely:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Prompt me for permission if a request is made</strong>: Select
+ this if you want &brandShortName; to prompt you if the website you are
+ visiting is requesting geolocation information. The notification provides
+ the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Share location</strong>: Select this option if you want the
+ current location to be determined and forwarded to the requesting site,
+ for <em>this</em> request only.</li>
+ <li><strong>Not for this request</strong>: Select this option if you do
+ <em>not</em> want the current location to be determined and forwarded
+ to the requesting site, prompt again for the next request.</li>
+ <li><strong>Always for this site</strong>: Select this option if you
+ want the current location to be determined and forwarded to the
+ requesting site, also for all <em>future</em> requests.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Select this option if you do
+ <em>not</em> want the current location to be determined and forwarded
+ to the requesting site, also for all <em>future</em> requests.</li>
+ </ul>
+ Closing or dismissing the notification will not give any response to the
+ requesting page at all.</li>
+ <li><strong>Disable this feature and deny all requests</strong>: Select this
+ option for not being prompted for geolocation requests. &brandShortName;
+ will appear to a website as if it doesn&apos;t support this feature.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Geolocation is a third-party web-based service. &brandShortName; collects
+ certain information about your internet access (e.g., wireless access
+ points) and sends those to this service.</li>
+ <li>The accuracy of the response varies and may range from city level to
+ within a few meters of your actual location.</li>
+ <li>No information about the requesting site itself is provided to the
+ geolocation service. The information returned by that service is provided
+ to the website by &brandShortName; in response to its request.</li>
+ <li>The requesting site receives an identification token that allows it to
+ track your movement for a limited time using the geolocation service.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="safe_browsing">Safe Browsing</h3>
+
+<p>Some websites contain potentially dangerous content and may have been
+ reported as malicious. The preferences located in the lower section of the
+ <a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy &amp; Security panel</a> allow you
+ to select which types of reported websites will be blocked. If enabled,
+ &brandShortName; compares each website&apos;s address you are about to visit
+ against regularly updated lists. A warning is issued prior to actually
+ loading a reported website, thus giving you the opportunity to cancel the
+ loading process. The following options are available in this section:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Block reported attack sites</strong>: Check this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has
+ been reported as a site that is trying to infect your computer with
+ malicious software. Such <a href="glossary.xhtml#malware">malware</a> may
+ interfere with your computer&apos;s functions or steal your personal
+ information. It is also frequently used to send spam email or to spread
+ more malware.</li>
+ <li><strong>Block reported web forgeries</strong>: Check this if you want
+ &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has
+ been reported as a site that pretends to be a legitimate website of some
+ well-known organization or service. Websites like this are frequently set
+ up to mislead you in providing username and password or other sensitive
+ personal information (commonly known as
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#phishing">phishing</a>).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you are trying to visit a website that has been reported as malicious
+ (and the feature is enabled), you will see one of the following warnings:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Reported Attack Page!</strong> This website has been reported
+ as a website trying to infect your computer with malware.</li>
+ <li><strong>Reported Web Forgery!</strong> This website has been reported
+ as a website trying to steal your personal information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>No harm has been done at this point. Select one of the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Get me out of here!</strong> Do <em>not</em> load this website.
+ Instead, go to &brandShortName;&apos;s default start page.</li>
+ <li><strong>Why was this page blocked?</strong> Opens a web page showing you
+ the information reported on this specific website (this is an external
+ page located with the provider of this service). If no such report data is
+ available, a page with general information is shown.</li>
+ <li><strong>Ignore this warning</strong>: Proceed with loading the page. Only
+ use this when you are <em>certain</em> that the selected page is authentic
+ and safe to visit. At the top of the page, a notification bar will appear,
+ giving you an option to report errors to the provider of this service:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>This isn&apos;t an attack site</strong> or <strong>This
+ isn&apos;t a web forgery</strong>: Click this button to open a new tab
+ allowing you to report false warnings (this is an external page).</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: The Safe Browsing feature is switched on by
+ default. It is <em>not</em> recommended to disable either function as this
+ may result in you visiting unsafe sites.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If no warning is shown for a specific website, it
+ does not <em>guarantee</em> that this site is trustworthy; it just means
+ that it has not been reported. Attack and phishing websites may <em>look</em>
+ safe but are secretly trying to attack you or to steal personal information.
+ The website&apos;s owner or provider may not be aware that the site has been
+ compromised.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privsec_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d79f9df4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Managing Profiles</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1>
+
+<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to
+ a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts,
+ Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy
+ of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p>
+
+<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own
+ bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a
+ default profile when you first install your browser software. After you
+ create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to
+ use each time you launch the browser.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a
+ Profile</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2>
+
+<p>To create a profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+ and select Switch Profile.</li>
+ <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win">
+ Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then
+ Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the
+ <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting &brandShortName; from
+ the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at
+ the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click
+ Next.</li>
+ <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real
+ name or a name that&apos;s related to what you use the profile for, such as
+ <q>School</q>.</li>
+ <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose
+ Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li>
+ <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click
+ Select Language and choose the language you want.</li>
+ <li>Click Finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2>
+
+<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don&apos;t normally use. To delete
+ or rename an existing profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+ and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can&apos;t delete
+ the profile that is in use.</li>
+ <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:
+ <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then
+ &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold
+ down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting
+ &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix">
+ Type the following at the command line:
+ <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the
+ confirmation box, choose one of the following options:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder
+ with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email
+ accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won&apos;t need anything
+ from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from
+ the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By
+ choosing this option none of your profile&apos;s stored data will be
+ deleted.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the
+ instructions.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5731a5c735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName;
+ Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="shortcuts_composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Copy</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+ <td>Cmd+C</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time.
+ For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys
+ surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus
+ sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the
+ plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Ctrl = Control key</li>
+ <li>Cmd = Command key on the Mac OS Keyboard</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions
+ based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows
+ while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web
+ page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text
+ field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p>
+
+<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Copy</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+ <td>Cmd+C</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Paste</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+ <td>Cmd+V</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Cut</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+ <td>Cmd+X</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select All</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+ <td>Cmd+A</td>
+ <td>Alt+A</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Close Window</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ <td>Cmd+W</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete Next Word</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+ <td>Opt+Del</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+ <td>Page Up</td>
+ <td>Page Up</td>
+ <td>Page Up</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Down One Page </td>
+ <td>Page Down</td>
+ <td>Page Down</td>
+ <td>Page Down</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Undo</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Redo</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Focus Search Field</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td>
+ <td>Cmd+F or Cmd+K</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+ <td>Cmd+F</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find Again</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td>
+ <td>Cmd+G</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find Links As You Type</td>
+ <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+ <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+ <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find Text As You Type</td>
+ <td>/</td>
+ <td>/</td>
+ <td>/</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Context Menu</td>
+ <td>Shift+F10</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Space</td>
+ <td>Shift+F10</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>
+ Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu
+ at the top of the window)</span>
+ </td>
+ <td>Alt or F10</td>
+ <td>(Mac OS X: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td>
+ <td>F10</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Q</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Start Browser</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+ <td>Cmd+1</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Start Mail &amp; Newsgroups</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+ <td>Cmd+2</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Start Composer</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+ <td>Cmd+4</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Start Address Book</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+ <td>Cmd+5</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Start IRC Chat</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+ <td>Cmd+6</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Add-ons Manager</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Download Manager</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+J</td>
+ <td>Cmd+J</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+J</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Error Console</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+J</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Help Window</td>
+ <td>F1</td>
+ <td>Cmd+?</td>
+ <td>F1</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Turn on/off <a href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a></td>
+ <td>F7</td>
+ <td>F7 (if F7 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+ <td>F7</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>The following are keyboard commands for navigating and modifying text in a
+ text input field (e.g. the Location Bar). Except where indicated, these
+ commands also apply to Web pages and e-mail messages in caret browsing
+ mode.</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move one line up</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move one line down</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move one character left</td>
+ <td>Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Left Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move one character right</td>
+ <td>Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Right Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to next word</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Opt+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to previous word</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Opt+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to beginning of line</td>
+ <td>Home</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Left Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td>
+ <td>Home</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to end of line</td>
+ <td>End</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Right Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td>
+ <td>End</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to beginning of text</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to end of text</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select next character</td>
+ <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select previous character</td>
+ <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select next word</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Opt+Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select previous word</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Opt+Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select all text</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+ <td>Cmd+A</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Copy</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+ <td>Cmd+C</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Paste (in text fields only)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+ <td>Cmd+V</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Cut (in text fields only)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+ <td>Cmd+X</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete next character (in text fields only)</td>
+ <td>Del</td>
+ <td>Del</td>
+ <td>Del</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete previous character (in text fields only)</td>
+ <td>Backspace</td>
+ <td>Backspace</td>
+ <td>Backspace</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete next word (in text fields only)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+ <td>Opt+Del</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete previous word (in text fields only)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td>
+ <td>Opt+Backspace</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+ </table>
+
+<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td>
+ <td>Tab</td>
+ <td>Tab</td>
+ <td>Tab</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary
+ (toggle)</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td>
+ <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td>
+ <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td>
+ <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Print Page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+ <td>Cmd+P</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td>
+ <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td>
+ <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Forward One Page</td>
+ <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe8c1a91d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Composer Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>New Composer Page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Save Page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open File</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+ <td>Cmd+O</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Close Page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ <td>Cmd+W</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Publish</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find and Replace</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find Again</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+ <td>Cmd+G</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find Previous</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Check Spelling</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+P</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+P</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+P</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Insert/Edit Link</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+ <td>Cmd+L</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Increase Indent</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+ <td>Cmd+[</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Decrease Indent</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+ <td>Cmd+]</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Discontinue Link</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Remove Named Anchors</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select Row/Column</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Drag</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select Cells(s)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+ to select individual cells)</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+ to select individual cells)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+ to select individual cells)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Decrease Font Size</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+ <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Increase Font Size</td>
+ <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+ <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Text Style Bold</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+ <td>Cmd+B</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Text Style Italic</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+ <td>Cmd+I</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Text Style Underline</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+ <td>Cmd+U</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+ <td>Cmd+T</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..062043e537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp;
+ Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+ Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Reload</td>
+ <td>F5</td>
+ <td/>
+ <td>F5</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread,
+ Message Panes)</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td>
+ <td>F8</td>
+ <td>F8</td>
+ <td>F8</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td>
+ <td>F9</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td>
+ <td>F9</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>New Message</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Get New Messages</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+ <td>Cmd+D</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Get All New Messages</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Search Messages</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Save Message as File</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+ <td>Cmd+O</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete Message</td>
+ <td>Del</td>
+ <td>Del</td>
+ <td>Del</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash
+ folder)</td>
+ <td>Shift+Del</td>
+ <td>Shift+Del</td>
+ <td>Shift+Del</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Undo Delete Message</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select All Messages</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+ <td>Cmd+A</td>
+ <td>Alt+A</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select Thread</td>
+ <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+ <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+ <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Collapse All Threads</td>
+ <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+ <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+ <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Expand All Threads</td>
+ <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+ <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+ <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Message Source</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+ <td>Cmd+U</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Next Message</td>
+ <td>F</td>
+ <td>F</td>
+ <td>F</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td>
+ <td>N</td>
+ <td>N</td>
+ <td>N</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td>
+ <td>T</td>
+ <td>T</td>
+ <td>T</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Previous Message</td>
+ <td>B</td>
+ <td>B</td>
+ <td>B</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td>
+ <td>P</td>
+ <td>P</td>
+ <td>P</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+ <td>Cmd+R</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses
+ in message)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Forward Message</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+ <td>Cmd+L</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments
+ of the selected message)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+ <td>Cmd+E</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Remove Message Label</td>
+ <td>0</td>
+ <td>0</td>
+ <td>0</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td>
+ <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+ <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+ <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Message As Read</td>
+ <td>M</td>
+ <td>M</td>
+ <td>M</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Thread As Read</td>
+ <td>R</td>
+ <td>R</td>
+ <td>R</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td>
+ <td>T</td>
+ <td>T</td>
+ <td>T</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td>
+ <td>C</td>
+ <td>C</td>
+ <td>C</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Flag Message</td>
+ <td>I</td>
+ <td>I</td>
+ <td>I</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Message As Junk</td>
+ <td>J</td>
+ <td>J</td>
+ <td>J</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td>
+ <td>Shift+J</td>
+ <td>Shift+J</td>
+ <td>Shift+J</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td>
+ <td>Shift+P</td>
+ <td>Shift+P</td>
+ <td>Shift+P</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Paste As Quotation</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Paste Without Formatting</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Rewrap</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+ <td>Cmd+R</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Find and Replace</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Send Message Now</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Return</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Send Message Later</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19c0541b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+ <title>Browser Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td>
+ <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+ <td>Cmd+B</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+ <td></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+ <td>Cmd+D</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window)
+ </td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks
+ window)
+ </td>
+ <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+ <td>Cmd+N</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window)
+ </td>
+ <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+ <td>Cmd+I</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open History Window</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Reload</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+ <td>Cmd+R</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Back</td>
+ <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td>
+ <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Forward</td>
+ <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td>
+ <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Up</td>
+ <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Stop</td>
+ <td>Esc</td>
+ <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td>
+ <td>Esc</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Home</td>
+ <td>Alt+Home</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+ <td>Alt+Home</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td>
+ <td>End</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td>End</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go to Top of Page</td>
+ <td>Home</td>
+ <td>Home</td>
+ <td>Home</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+ <td>Cmd+L</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Web Page Location</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td>
+ <td>Enter</td>
+ <td>Return</td>
+ <td>Enter</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open search engine page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+ <td>F6</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+ <td>Shift+F6</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for
+ another command)</td>
+ <td>Shift+F6</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>New Browser Window</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+ <td>Cmd+N</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>New Private Window</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+B</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td>
+ <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+ <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+ <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open File</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+ <td>Cmd+O</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Close Window</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ <td>Cmd+W</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Save Page As</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ <td>Cmd+S</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td>
+ <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+ <td>Opt+Return</td>
+ <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Edit Page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+ <td>Cmd+E</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Print Page</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+ <td>Cmd+P</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+ <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+ <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+ <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Down One Page</td>
+ <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+ <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+ <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td>
+ <td>F11</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Shift+F</td>
+ <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+ <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Zoom Text Larger</td>
+ <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+ <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>No zoom (100%)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+0 (zero)</td>
+ <td>Cmd+0 (zero)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+0 (zero)</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>View Page Information</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+ <td>Cmd+I</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>View Page Source</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+ <td>Cmd+U</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>New Browser Tab</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+ <td>Cmd+T</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one
+ tab)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more
+ than one tab)
+ </td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ <td>Cmd+W</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+ <td>Cmd+End</td>
+ <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+ <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td>
+ <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td>
+ <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+ <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+ <td>Alt+Insert</td>
+ <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs
+ opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead
+ of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td>
+ <td>F9</td>
+ <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td>
+ <td>F9</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td>
+ <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+ <td>Opt+Page Down</td>
+ <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td>
+ <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+ <td>Opt+Page Up</td>
+ <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+ <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+ <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Command</th>
+ <th>Windows</th>
+ <th>Mac OS</th>
+ <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+ </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td>
+ <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+ <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+ <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Submit Form</td>
+ <td>Enter</td>
+ <td>Return</td>
+ <td>Enter</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td>
+ <td>Space</td>
+ <td>Space</td>
+ <td>Space</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Select an Item from a List</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+ <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td>
+ <td>Space</td>
+ <td>Space</td>
+ <td>Space</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td>
+ <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td>
+ <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+ </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9725c90a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>SSL/TLS Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="ssltls_settings">SSL/TLS Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your SSL/TLS preferences.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls">Privacy &amp; Security
+ Preferences - SSL/TLS</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls">Privacy &amp; Security
+ Preferences - SSL/TLS</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the SSL/TLS preferences panel. If you are
+ not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click SSL/TLS. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="ssltls_protocol_versions">SSL/TLS Protocol Versions</h3>
+
+<p>The <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)</a> protocol
+ and its successor, the <a href="glossary.xhtml#tls">Transport Layer Security
+ (TLS)</a> protocol, are standards which define rules governing mutual
+ authentication between a website and browser software and the encryption
+ of information that flows between them. They are also used for secure
+ communication in various other protocols, e.g., for protection of sensitive
+ information exchanged with email, calendar, or directory servers.</p>
+
+<p>The SSL 2.0 and SSL 3.0 protocols are insecure and thus deprecated. The
+ current TLS protocol is based on SSL but with its own version numbering.
+ TLS 1.0 can be thought of as SSL 3.1, TLS 1.1 is in turn an update to TLS
+ 1.0, etc. Newer protocols are preferred over older ones as they provide
+ better security and more features. Older protocols are supported to ensure
+ compatibility.</p>
+
+<p>By default, &brandShortName; will select the most secure version which is
+ widely supported to connect to the server. If that attempt doesn&apos;t
+ succeed, it will try to connect with the next older version, etc., to the
+ extent allowed by the settings in this panel. The connection will fail if no
+ protocol supported by both sides is found. You can exclude older versions
+ explicitly or allow newer versions which may not be widely supported yet
+ with the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Enable</strong>: Check the <strong>TLS 1.0</strong>,
+ <strong>TLS 1.1</strong>, <strong>TLS 1.2</strong>, and/or
+ <strong>TLS 1.3</strong> boxes to indicate which protocol versions can be
+ used for a secure connection to a server.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>At least one protocol version must be selected, thus it is not possible
+ to uncheck the last remaining box.</li>
+ <li>Also, the selection must be contiguous. It is not possible to select both
+ TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.2 but to exclude the intermediate TLS 1.1 version.</li>
+ <li>You can extend the range by multiple versions. For example, if only TLS
+ 1.0 is currently checked and you select TLS 1.2, the TLS 1.1 version is
+ automatically selected as well.</li>
+ <li>Checkboxes may appear checked but grayed out if you cannot uncheck them
+ without violating these rules. Uncheck the outermost boxes to regain
+ access to an enclosed intermediate version.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="ssltls_warnings">SSL/TLS Warnings</h3>
+
+<p>It&apos;s easy to tell when the website you are viewing is using an encrypted
+ connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right
+ corner of the browser window is locked
+ (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/>). If the
+ connection is not encrypted, the lock icon is unlocked
+ (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/>). Encrypted
+ pages which contain some unencrypted items (mixed content) are shown with a
+ broken-lock icon
+ (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/>).</p>
+
+<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning
+ checkboxes in the SSL/TLS preferences panel. Unless stated otherwise, a
+ notification bar will be presented at the top of the page triggering the
+ alert, with an option to enter this panel to change the option if the alert
+ is considered annoying.</p>
+
+<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+ warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that
+ supports encryption.</li>
+ <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+ warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that
+ supports encryption for one that does not.</li>
+ <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted
+ page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you
+ are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. When this option is
+ selected, a dialog box will be presented to the user <em>before</em> the
+ page is actually opened, which allows the loading of the page to be
+ canceled before any potentially sensitive information is sent over an
+ unencrypted connection that can easily be intercepted by others.
+
+ <p><strong>Note</strong>: Submitting a form from an encrypted to an
+ unencrypted page will always prompt a dialog prior to opening the page,
+ regardless of this setting.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="mixed_content">Mixed Content</h3>
+
+<p>In general, there are two major issues related to transmitting sensitive
+ information over an unencrypted connection: One is the danger of someone
+ eavesdropping on the line, thus listening to the content transmitted; the
+ other of someone intercepting requests for the desired page and replacing
+ the legitimate content of that page with own (potentially malicious)
+ content. While so-called <q>Man In The Middle</q> attacks can usually be
+ detected in encrypted connections (e.g., by a certificate mismatch or an
+ invalid certificate presented by the interceptor), no such verification
+ exists for unencrypted connections.</p>
+
+<p>The term <q>Mixed Content</q> refers to a web page which itself is
+ encrypted, but which includes content on the same or a different server
+ which is <em>not</em> encrypted. Consequently, this part of the page is
+ still subject to the vulnerabilities of an unencrypted line. While there
+ are legitimate uses of that concept (such as including a company logo from
+ a different insecure website into an otherwise secure page), such designs
+ should be avoided.</p>
+
+<p>There are two general types of mixed content:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Mixed Active Content</strong> (or Mixed Script Content): This
+ is content which has the potential to hide or modify parts of a web page,
+ or to actively leak content from the secure part of the page to its
+ insecure part. Examples include scripts (JavaScript), style sheets (CSS),
+ or the embedding of entire web pages into the main web page (iframes).</li>
+ <li><strong>Mixed Passive Content</strong> (or Mixed Display Content):
+ This type of content does <em>not</em> have the potential to alter or
+ monitor the web page as such. Examples include images and audio or video
+ streams. It is however possible that sensitive information is passed as
+ an encoding of the content&apos;s location (URL), as cookies, or returned
+ with the content itself (e.g., as text included in an image). Thus, passive
+ content isn&apos;t entirely harmless either.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following options allow you to be warned about and/or to block both
+ mixed active and mixed passive content:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Warn me when encrypted pages contain insecure content</strong>:
+ Check this to instruct &brandShortName; to present a notification bar when
+ mixed <em>active</em> content was loaded or blocked. The notification bar
+ contains a button to open this preference panel.</li>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t load insecure content on encrypted pages</strong>:
+ Check this to prevent mixed active content from being loaded at all but
+ to be blocked. If also the <q>Warn me</q> option is checked, the
+ notification bar will contain two additional buttons:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Keep Blocking</strong>: Dismiss the notification bar without
+ loading the potentially insecure content.</li>
+ <li><strong>Unblock</strong>:
+ Load the potentially insecure content <em>once</em> but not
+ automatically when this page is visited again in the future.</li>
+ </ul>
+ <strong>Note</strong>: The selection of <q>Unblock</q> for a specific site
+ can be revoked in the Permissions tab of the Data Manager. When in a
+ <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private
+ window</a>, these options aren&apos;t available in the notification bar.
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Warn me when encrypted pages contain other types of mixed
+ content</strong>: Check this to instruct &brandShortName; to present a
+ notification bar when mixed <em>passive</em> content was loaded or blocked.
+ The notification bar contains a button to open this preference panel.</li>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t load other types of mixed content on encrypted
+ pages</strong>: Check this to prevent mixed passive content from being
+ loaded at all but to be blocked. If also the <q>Warn me</q> option is
+ checked, a notification is presented that such content was blocked.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For short definitions, click
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>,
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online
+ documents:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>
+ <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+ to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li>
+ <li>
+ <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction
+ to SSL</a></li>
+ <li>
+ <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/NSS">Technologies
+ Available in the Network Security Services (NSS)</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75a5717d5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,1203 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+ <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail &amp; Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="glossary" nc:name="Glossary" nc:link="glossary.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#help-help">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reopen" nc:name="Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#reopening_closed_tabs_windows"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Text Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Media Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail &amp; Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read" nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send" nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html" nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach" nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-blogs" nc:name="Getting Started With Blogs &amp; News Feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Draft Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_draft_message" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-blogs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs &amp; news feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe-from-browser" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-reading" nc:name="Reading blogs &amp; news feed messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-posting" nc:name="Posting blog messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#posting_blog_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-comments" nc:name="Adding comments to a blog post" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-exporting-importing" nc:name="Exporting and importing feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-editing" nc:name="Editing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#editing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-removing" nc:name="Removing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#removing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-using-different-accounts" nc:name="Using different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-organizing" nc:name="Organizing your feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_your_feeds"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-blogs-organizing">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-feeds-folders" nc:name="Feeds versus folders" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#feeds_vs_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-folders-in-blogs" nc:name="Organizing folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-multiple-feeds" nc:name="Downloading multiple feeds in a single folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-moving-feeds" nc:name="Moving a feed to another folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading All Messages for Offline Use" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures &amp; Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies &amp; Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition &amp; Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Synchronization &amp; Storage" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_blogs" nc:name="Blogs" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk &amp; Suspect Mail" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_text_encoding" nc:name="Text Encoding" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#text_encoding"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Network &amp; Storage" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc" nc:name="Starting a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-math" nc:name="Adding Mathematical Formulas to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#page_change">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#html-tag">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-math">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-math-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Mathematical Formula into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_mathematical_formula_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-math-latex-dialog" nc:name="Editing the LaTeX Source" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_the_latex_source"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#link_properties">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons" nc:name="Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-font">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-menu" nc:name="Menu Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#menu_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-addons">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-about" nc:name="About Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-installing" nc:name="Installing Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-manager" nc:name="Using the Add-ons Manager" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-converter" nc:name="Using the Add-on Converter" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_converter"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-page">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Content" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_media" nc:name="Media" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#media"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_spelling" nc:name="Spelling" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#spelling"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_link_behavior" nc:name="Link Behavior" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts &amp; Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_find_as_you_type" nc:name="Find As You Type" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_offlineapps" nc:name="Offline Apps" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs -->
+<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+
+<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-private-data" nc:name="Clearing Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="private-browsing" nc:name="Browsing in a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy &amp; Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-tracking" nc:name="Why and How Are Websites Tracking Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Website-By-Website" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Websites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning Password Manager On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Master Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-private-data">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="types_of_private_data" nc:name="Types of Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#types_of_private_data"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privatedata_prefs" nc:name="Private Data Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="clear_private_data_now" nc:name="Clear Private Data Now" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clear_private_data_now"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#private-browsing">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="opening_a_private_window" nc:name="Opening a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#opening_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="behavior_of_a_private_window" nc:name="Behavior of a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#behavior_of_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode" nc:name="Leaving the Private Browsing Mode" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sec_gen">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_private_data" nc:name="Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_cookies" nc:name="Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_images" nc:name="Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_popup_windows" nc:name="Popup Windows" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_passwords" nc:name="Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_master_passwords" nc:name="Master Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_ssltls" nc:name="SSL/TLS" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_certificates" nc:name="Certificates" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssltls" nc:name="Managing SSL/TLS Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssltls_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="Certificates That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="Certificates That Identify People" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_people"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Servers" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="Certificates That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-orphans" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssltls">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssltls-settings" nc:name="SSL/TLS Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ssltls-settings">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL/TLS Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#certs-help">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="People" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#people"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Servers" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#servers"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="orphan_certs" nc:name="Others" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#others"/> </rdf:li>
+
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#my_certs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#others_certs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_certs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_website_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_website_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#website_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert_details">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_page" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="untrusted_con_page" nc:name="Untrusted Connection Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#untrusted_connection_page"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_dialog" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Dialog" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_dialog"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS-->
+<rdf:Description about="#profile-help">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#tools">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-devtools" nc:name="Developer Tools" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#devtools"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-webide" nc:name="WebIDE" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#webide"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS -->
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts-text-field" nc:name="Text Field Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#text_field_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail">
+ <nc:subheadings>
+ <rdf:Seq>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+ </rdf:Seq>
+ </nc:subheadings>
+ </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac468d55a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+ <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT -->
+ <Description rdf:about="urn:root"
+ nc:title="&brandFullName; Help"
+ nc:defaulttopic="welcome"
+ nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/">
+ <nc:panellist>
+ <Seq>
+ <li>
+ <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+ nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf"
+ nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+ </li>
+ <li>
+ <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+ nc:datasources="help-win.rdf"
+ nc:platform="win"/>
+ </li>
+ <li>
+ <Description nc:panelid="search"
+ nc:datasources="rdf:null"
+ nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"
+ nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]"
+ nc:emptysearchlink="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/>
+ </li>
+ <li>
+ <Description nc:panelid="glossary"
+ nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf"
+ nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+ </li>
+ <li>
+ <Description nc:panelid="index"
+ nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf"
+ nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+ </li>
+ <li>
+ <Description nc:panelid="index"
+ nc:datasources="help-win.rdf"
+ nc:platform="win"/>
+ </li>
+ </Seq>
+ </nc:panellist>
+ </Description>
+</RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70fc5d0096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have
+ several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver&apos;s license, an
+ employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different
+ certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to
+ certificates.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own
+ Certificate</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web
+ Page</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+ Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_ssltls_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL/TLS
+ Warnings and Settings</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1>
+
+<p>Much like a credit card or a driver&apos;s license, a certificate is a form
+ of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and
+ other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is
+ typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such
+ identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a
+ <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system
+ administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites
+ offering specialized services that require a means of identification more
+ reliable that your name and password.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the requirements for a driver&apos;s license vary depending on the
+ type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a
+ certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases
+ getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some
+ personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your
+ browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated
+ procedures.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate
+ authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate
+ authorities issuing certificates recognized by &brandShortName;, see the
+ online document
+ <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Included
+ Certificate List</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser
+ comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can
+ also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p>
+
+<p>Like a driver&apos;s license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable
+ form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands.
+ Once you&apos;ve obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should
+ protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If
+ you haven&apos;t yet created a master password, you will be asked to create
+ one.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your
+ master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your
+ Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1>
+
+<p>When you&apos;re viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right
+ corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was
+ protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was
+ being received by your computer:</p>
+
+<table summary="lock icons">
+ <tr>
+ <td><img alt="closed lock icon"
+ src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/></td>
+ <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it
+ was received.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img alt="open lock icon"
+ src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/></td>
+ <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was
+ received.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td><img alt="broken lock icon"
+ src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/></td>
+ <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page
+ were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though
+ the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was
+ received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and
+ click the Security tab).</p>
+
+<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been
+ verified. (For information on certificate verification, see
+ <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li>
+ <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are
+ viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption
+ status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be
+ notified when you send or receive information without encryption, or to
+ block potentially harmful mixed content, select the appropriate SSL/TLS
+ warning and mixed content options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy &amp;
+ Security Preferences - SSL/TLS</a> for details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have
+ available. Certificates may be stored on your computer&apos;s hard disk or on
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices
+ attached to your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see
+ the Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing
+ Certificates that Identify You</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing
+ Certificates that Identify People</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing
+ Certificates that Identify Servers</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+ Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing
+ Certificates that Identify Others</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that
+ Identify You</h2>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you&apos;ll notice that it has
+ several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your
+ Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser or mail client
+ has available that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names
+ of the organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+ certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+ to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+ Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+ that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+ obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing Certificates that
+ Identify People</h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+ signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+ signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+ really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+ it.</p>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+ is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the
+ message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p>
+
+<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else&apos;s encryption certificate
+ is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate
+ Manager automatically stores other people&apos;s certificates whenever they
+ are received in this way.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to
+ the Certificate Manager, click the People tab at the top of the
+ Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for
+ whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names
+ of the organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+ certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+ to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+ Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+ that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+ obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+ description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#people">People</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing Certificates
+ that Identify Servers</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites and mail servers use certificates to identify themselves.
+ Such identification is required before the server can encrypt information
+ transferred between it and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one
+ can read the data while in transit.</p>
+
+<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a
+ certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a
+ CA that the Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t know about or doesn&apos;t
+ trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website&apos;s
+ certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate
+ Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the
+ Servers tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+ certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+ to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+ Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+ that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+ obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+ description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+ Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an
+ organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An
+ organization that issues certificates is called a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority
+ (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA
+ certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with
+ certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA
+ certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it
+ issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions
+ about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security
+ needs.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the
+ Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the
+ certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+ to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the
+ Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window
+ that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to
+ obtain more information about using that window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+ description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that
+ Identify Others</h2>
+
+<p>To see all certificates that do not fit into any of the other categories,
+ click the Others tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the
+ description of the Certificate Manager&apos;s
+ <a href="certs_help.xhtml#others">Others</a> tab.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards
+ and Other Security Devices</h1>
+
+<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card,
+ that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about
+ your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private
+ keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and
+ performing cryptographic operations.</p>
+
+<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece
+ of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer
+ that controls the reader.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device
+ (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides
+ cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the
+ Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices
+ and Modules</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and
+ Modules</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security
+ devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices,
+ including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard
+ (PKCS) #11.</p>
+
+<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes
+ called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the
+ same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer
+ or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11
+ module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart
+ card reader.</p>
+
+<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that
+ manage three security devices:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two
+ security devices:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device
+ that performs all cryptographic operations required by the
+ &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li>
+ <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates
+ and keys that aren&apos;t stored on external security devices,
+ including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition
+ to those that come with the browser.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device
+ called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with
+ the browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To
+ open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the
+ security devices managed by each module below its name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the
+ middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right
+ side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software
+ Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device.
+ If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for
+ the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser
+ software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li>
+ <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot
+ perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which
+ are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device
+ Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must
+ first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect
+ any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the
+ hardware.</p>
+
+<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load
+ it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+ <li>Click Load.</li>
+ <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate
+ the module file, and click Open.</li>
+ <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click
+ OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you
+ assigned to it.</p>
+
+<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a
+ US government standard for implementations of cryptographic
+ modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data
+ or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying
+ digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with
+ one or more of the FIPS standards.</p>
+
+<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li>
+ <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal
+ PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable
+ FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+ beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_ssltls_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL/TLS Warnings and
+ Settings</h1>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange
+ information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form&mdash;that
+ is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can
+ make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by
+ means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL.
+ The old SSL versions have been deprecated for security reasons and TLS is the
+ only supported protocol. The default set of enabled TLS versions works for
+ most people with current servers. However, in some circumstances system
+ administrators or other knowledgeable persons may wish to adjust the SSL/TLS
+ settings to fine-tune them for special security needs or to account for
+ limited capabilities of some legacy servers.</p>
+
+<p>You shouldn&apos;t adjust the SSL/TLS settings for your browser unless you
+ know what you&apos;re doing or have the assistance of someone else who does.
+ If you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, select SSL/TLS. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL/TLS Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1>
+
+<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your
+ Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a
+ driver&apos;s license, that you can use to identify yourself over the
+ Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver&apos;s license, a
+ certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore,
+ your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate
+ in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and
+ how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some
+ familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+ cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you
+ should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any
+ of your browser&apos;s certificate validation settings.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2>
+
+<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it
+ takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that
+ the CA&apos;s digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose
+ own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager&apos;s list of
+ available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of
+ certificate being verified.</p>
+
+<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA
+ certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and
+ correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate
+ being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If
+ any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as
+ unverified and won&apos;t recognize the identity it certifies.</p>
+
+<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way;
+ for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person
+ has gained access to the certificate&apos;s private key. A compromised
+ certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be
+ the certificate owner.</p>
+
+<p>One way to combat this threat would be for Certificate Manager to check a
+ previously downloaded certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the
+ verification process. However, those lists may be large and need to be
+ updated frequently in order to remain current and thus useful.</p>
+
+<p>The preferred way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use
+ a special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP).
+ Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see
+ <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p>
+
+<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically
+ from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure
+ Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP
+ responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is
+ valid.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2>
+
+<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Certificates preferences. To view
+ Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see
+ <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+ Certificates, OCSP</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..335c3207e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1139 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Privacy Features</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by
+ some websites. For a brief overview, see
+ <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+ Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the
+ page&apos;s cookies by doing two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>set</strong>
+ (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li>
+ <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>read</strong>
+ cookies it previously stored on your computer. A website can&apos;t
+ actually read cookies or any other data on your computer&mdash;instead,
+ your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling
+ Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies
+ Website-By-Website</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies
+ preferences. To change your Cookies preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see
+ <a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Website-By-Website</h2>
+
+<p>To set cookie permissions for the current website:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+ <li>Choose one of the following items:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Website</strong>: Block the
+ current website from setting cookies.</li>
+ <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset
+ cookie permission for the current website and use the
+ <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow
+ the current website to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from
+ this website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow the
+ current website to set cookies.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several websites
+ or a website you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p>
+
+<p>Other dialog options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this website</strong>:
+ If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time
+ that website tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or
+ <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li>
+ <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>:
+ Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed
+ information</a> of the cookie.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager
+ to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and
+ <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie websites</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a website:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+ <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+ opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+ <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or
+ denied cookies are listed.</li>
+ <li>Click to select the website from which you no longer want to automatically
+ accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+ <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+ opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+ <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the information displayed, see
+ <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this
+ section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+ <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+ opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+ <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All
+ Cookies.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Even though you&apos;ve removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those
+ same cookies the next time you return to the website.</p>
+
+<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don&apos;t
+ allow websites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this
+ checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that you are removing are
+ added to the list of websites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other
+ aspects of cookie handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see
+ <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+ Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change
+ which cookies &brandShortName; will accept from and return to websites. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Cookies help websites keep track of information for you, such as the
+ contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities&apos; weather you want
+ to know about. For a brief overview, see
+ <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+ Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>You can select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all
+ cookies from websites not explicitly allowed to set cookies.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select
+ this option if you don&apos;t want to accept or return
+ <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party
+ (foreign) cookies</a> for any websites other than the one you are actively
+ visiting.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow third-party cookies for previously visited websites
+ only</strong>: Select this option if you want to accept or return
+ <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party
+ cookies</a> only for websites that stored cookies when you explicitly
+ visited them previously.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: Select this option to permit all
+ websites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on your computer.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By
+ blocking cookies you only block websites from setting new cookies, and old
+ cookies will still be sent to websites. To completely block a website from
+ receiving old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its
+ cookies</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-website cookie permission</a>
+ supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a website to set
+ cookies, the website can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>.
+</p>
+
+<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also
+ select the following preferences:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this
+ if you want websites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li>
+ <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete
+ the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li>
+ <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you
+ want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer,
+ then type the number of days.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to view
+ information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which
+ websites are allowed to set them.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie
+ Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+ <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+ opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the
+ websites they belong to, and their current status.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that
+ cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+ <thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Item</th>
+ <th>Explanation</th>
+ </tr>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Name</td>
+ <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Information</td>
+ <td>A string of characters containing the information a website tracks
+ for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are
+ identified to the website, information about your interests, and so
+ forth.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Host or domain</td>
+ <td>Provides the name of the cookie&apos;s host or domain.
+
+ <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent
+ visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that
+ set it.</p>
+
+ <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any website
+ that&apos;s in the same domain as the website that set it. A
+ website&apos;s domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of
+ an organization, business, or school&mdash;such as netscape.com or
+ washington.org.</p>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Path</td>
+ <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent
+ back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example,
+ <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set
+ for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Send For</td>
+ <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means
+ that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a
+ cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted
+ (HTTPS).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Expires</td>
+ <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The
+ browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies
+ from the list.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the
+ list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back
+ into the list later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Don&apos;t allow websites that set removed cookies to set future
+ cookies</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the
+ next time you return to the website. To prevent that from happening, select
+ this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that
+ you are removing are added to the list of websites whose cookies will
+ automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie
+ Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+ <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+ opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+ <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the websites for which
+ your decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also
+ allows you to add and remove websites from the list.</p>
+
+<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Websites</h3>
+
+<p>To add cookies websites manually:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Enter the website address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li>
+ <li>Set the website cookie permission:
+ <ul>
+ <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a
+ website blocked from setting cookies.</li>
+ <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a
+ website that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this
+ website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+ <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a
+ website that can set cookies.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>Repeat the steps to add additional websites.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Websites</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a cookie website:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Removes the selected website or websites
+ from the list.</li>
+ <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Removes all websites from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve removed a website from this list, Cookie Manager remembers
+ nothing about it.</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1>
+
+<p>Many websites require you to type a user name and password before you can
+ enter the website. For instance, personalized pages and websites containing
+ your financial information usually require you to log in.</p>
+
+<p>The user name and password you use at a particular website can be read by the
+ site&apos;s administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log
+ into other websites where you may have used the same user name and password.
+ If this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every
+ website with which you register.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and
+ passwords by storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering
+ them for you automatically when you visit such websites.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href=
+ "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+ Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering
+ User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager
+ On and Off</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing
+ Stored Passwords</a></li>
+ <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+ Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an
+ opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you
+ enter while using the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For example, after you log onto a website from a page that requests a user
+ name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password
+ Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can
+ click one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the website you&apos;ll
+ see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to
+ do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the
+ server.</li>
+ <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in
+ the future if you want to save your user name and password for that
+ website.</li>
+ <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won&apos;t remember the user name
+ and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any
+ other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box
+ for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a
+ password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further
+ action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and
+ password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password
+ Manager fills in the information.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in
+ a file that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read.
+ See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored
+ Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user
+ names and passwords with encryption technology.</p>
+
+<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you
+ click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may
+ be turned off or the website may disallow its use.</p>
+
+<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see
+ <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On
+ and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names
+ and Passwords Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names
+ and passwords on your behalf:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a
+ website (using the three-button dialog box described in
+ <a href=
+ "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+ Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>).
+
+ <p>The next time you visit the website, Password Manager automatically fills
+ in your user name and password on the website&apos;s log in page. You can
+ then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to
+ the server.</p>
+ </li>
+ <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an
+ email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login
+ information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use
+ Password Manager to remember these values</q>.
+
+ <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password
+ Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same
+ dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the
+ server.</p>
+
+ <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account,
+ &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does
+ so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further
+ action on your part.</p>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and
+ Off</h2>
+
+<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q>
+ to turn Password Manager off.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the
+ checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored
+ Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of
+ websites from which logon information never is saved:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage
+ Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with
+ the Passwords Saved tab opened.
+ <ul>
+ <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your
+ choice.</li>
+ <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+ <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The
+ next time you visit the website, you will need to enter your user name
+ and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the
+ information.</li>
+ </ul>
+ Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the websites for which
+ you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To
+ remove a website from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next
+ time you log into the website, you can use the stored user name and
+ password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save
+ the information for that website.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="clearing_private_data">Clearing Private Data</h1>
+
+<p>While browsing the web, various items of potentially private information
+ may be gathered and stored by &brandShortName;. This section describes the
+ types of such private data and options to remove them either manually by
+ request or automatically when shutting down &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data Preferences</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Now</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</h2>
+
+<p>Several types of information are gathered and kept by &brandShortName; while
+ you are browsing websites. Some of these data are necessary for those sites to
+ function properly or more efficiently, others are for your convenience.</p>
+
+<p>Privacy implications vary from type to type. For example, browsing history
+ and cache contents provide a snapshot of your recent browsing activity which
+ is local to your computer; cookies or offline web content may be used by a
+ website to track a user directly across visits (e.g., for statistical
+ purposes or for targeted advertisements).</p>
+
+<p>In <a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">private browsing mode</a>, no
+ private data will be retained beyond the duration of the private session.</p>
+
+<p>The following private information may be stored locally by
+ &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+ <thead>
+ <tr>
+ <th>Type</th>
+ <th>Explanation</th>
+ </tr>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody class="tbody-default">
+ <tr>
+ <td>Browsing History</td>
+ <td>If enabled in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>,
+ a history of any website pages you have <em>visited</em> is kept and
+ may be suggested to complete website addresses in the location bar.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Location Bar History</td>
+ <td>This is a history of web addresses which were <em>entered</em>
+ manually or copy-pasted into the location bar of the browser. This
+ list is available in the location bar menu.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Download History</td>
+ <td>Depending on the options selected in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads">Downloads
+ preferences</a>, a history of <em>files downloaded</em> from
+ websites is maintained in the Download Manager.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Saved Form and Search History</td>
+ <td>If enabled in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>,
+ text entered into <em>elements of forms</em> (e.g., user names, but not
+ passwords) will be stored for the specified number of days; matches are
+ suggested in a list when you revisit that page. If you put the search
+ box onto your toolbar, the history of <em>search terms</em> will be
+ stored as well.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Cache</td>
+ <td>The cache is a <em>short-term store</em> for web pages and other
+ data (like e-mail attachments for IMAP accounts or remote images in
+ messages) to avoid having these items being requested again from the
+ server if they were just recently accessed. The cache on your disk
+ may contain data up to the limit specified in the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache">Cache preferences</a>.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Cookies</td>
+ <td>Cookies are <em>small pieces of information</em> that websites use to
+ keep track of users and sessions, or to store website preferences. Use
+ the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies preferences</a> to
+ specify to what extent cookies are permitted and for how long they are
+ kept.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Offline Website Data</td>
+ <td>Websites may be permitted to store their pages&apos; contents and
+ related data locally so that they are available for use <em>without
+ a network connection</em>. See the
+ <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps">Offline Apps
+ preferences</a> for options to control this behavior and to inspect
+ the contents of stored offline website data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Saved Passwords</td>
+ <td>If enabled in the
+ <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords preferences</a>,
+ &brandShortName; keeps <em>entered passwords</em> for later use, thus
+ you don&apos;t have to retype them every time you visit a website.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>Authenticated Sessions</td>
+ <td>Websites may require <em>authentication</em> (username and password,
+ asked for with a pop-up dialog) and can keep track of such by
+ authenticated sessions. A site will ask you for your credentials
+ again when you proceed to the next page after this information is
+ cleared.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="private_data_prefs">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences
+ - Private Data</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Private Data preferences panel to
+ determine when and which type of private data should be deleted. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Private Data. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The <strong>Clear Private Data</strong> section provides the following
+ options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Always clear my private data when I close
+ &brandShortName;</strong>: Check this option to always initiate clearing
+ of the selected private data when the application is shut down.</li>
+ <li><strong>Ask me before clearing private data</strong>: Check this option
+ for &brandShortName; to prompt you with a dialog box before clearing the
+ selected private data. The dialog box also allows you to change the
+ selection, rather than clearing them without any interaction.</li>
+ <li><strong>When I ask &brandShortName; to clear my private data, it should
+ erase</strong>: For each <a href="#types_of_private_data">type of private
+ data</a>, a separate option is provided whether or not to clear any
+ stored items of this specific type. Check the respective box for each
+ item to be deleted by default when clearing is requested by you or
+ initiated on shutdown.</li>
+ <li><strong>Clear Now</strong>: Click this button to initiate clearing of
+ private data immediately, depending on the preferences selected in
+ this panel:
+ <ul>
+ <li>When the <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> option is checked,
+ &brandShortName; opens a dialog box where you can confirm and change
+ any items to be cleared.</li>
+ <li>When <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> is <em>not</em>
+ checked, all types selected to be cleared by default will be deleted
+ immediately without the dialog box being shown.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<!-- link up "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been taken care of -->
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Also consider more selective alternatives to delete
+ private data. For example, the individual preference panels for each type may
+ provide additional options, and the Data Manager allows to clear private data
+ by type and the specific domain of a website. Rather than clearing all cookies
+ when shutting down &brandShortName;, you could specify to allow cookies for
+ sessions only, thus giving you the opportunity to establish exceptions for
+ selected websites for which you want to retain cookies.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Now</h2>
+
+<p>Private data can be cleared at any time, either from the
+ <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a> by clicking
+ the Clear Now button, or by selecting Clear Private Data from the Tools
+ menu of a browser window. This initiates one of the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>When the <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> option is checked
+ in the <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preference panel</a>,
+ &brandShortName; opens a dialog window where you can confirm and change
+ the <a href="#types_of_private_data">types of private data</a> to be
+ cleared as follows:
+ <ul>
+ <li>The defaults for the individual types are determined by the
+ <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a>.
+ Note that individual boxes may be disabled if no items of that
+ type are available for deletion.</li>
+ <li>Check or uncheck boxes as desired if you want to clear a different
+ set of private data.</li>
+ <li>Click <q>Clear Private Data Now</q> to clear the selected items,
+ or Cancel to quit the dialog.</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>When <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> is <em>not</em> checked,
+ all types selected in the <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data
+ preferences</a> to be cleared by default will be deleted immediately
+ without the dialog box being shown.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing in a Private Window</h1>
+
+<p>There may be occasions where you don&apos;t want &brandShortName; to keep
+ track of your browsing activities. For example, when someone else quickly
+ wants to use your computer and you don&apos;t want your current browsing
+ context disturbed; or, for confidential tasks such as online banking.</p>
+
+<p>Opening a private window starts a
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing">private browsing</a> session
+ in which no <a href="#types_of_private_data">private data</a> on the sites
+ and pages you visit are made available beyond the scope and duration of that
+ session. Each subsequently opened private window becomes part of the same
+ private session. It ends when the last private window is closed.</p>
+
+<p>Private windows are not entirely isolated from non-private windows; private
+ browsing just implies that &brandShortName; will not keep any local record
+ of your activities in such a window. Some private data may be shared between
+ private but not non-private windows and vice versa, others accessed in a
+ read-only mode from a private window.</p>
+
+<p>Note that <a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a> like plugins
+ and extensions may not be subjected to these policies and may change their
+ settings or modify their locally kept data even in a private window.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private
+ Window</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private
+ Browsing Mode</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</h2>
+
+<p>A browser window can be either in regular (non-private) or in private
+ browsing mode. It is not possible to switch a non-private browser window
+ into private mode, but you can open a new private window in two ways:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>From a browser window, open the File menu, choose New, then Private
+ Window. The new window opens with a page explaining that you are now in
+ private browsing mode.</li>
+ <li>Right-click on a link in a web page you are viewing, then select <q>Open
+ Link in Private Window</q> from the menu. The new private window will open,
+ showing the page referred to by the selected link.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Any number of private and non-private windows can be open at the same time,
+ but be aware in this case for which windows history information is kept.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private Window</h2>
+
+<p>A private window behaves differently than a non-private window in the way
+ it handles private data (see <a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of
+ Private Data</a> for detailed information of the individual categories).
+ Specifically, after closing a private session when closing the last private
+ window, no information related to that session will be retained in
+ &brandShortName;. Private data gathered in one private session won&apos;t
+ be available to any future private session either.</p>
+
+<h3>Recognizing a Private Window</h3>
+
+<p>To determine whether or not a window is in private browsing mode, have a
+ look at its title bar. Private windows show
+ <q>-&nbsp;<span class="noMac">&brandShortName; </span>Private Browsing</q>
+ <span class="noMac">rather than just <q>-&nbsp;&brandShortName;</q></span>
+ at the end of the window&apos;s title.</p>
+
+<h3>Navigation and Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Navigating within a private window is identical to a non-private
+ window. You can use the Back and Forward buttons as well as the Go
+ menu as usual.</li>
+ <li>Links will not be marked as visited when browsing in a private
+ window.</li>
+ <li>Bookmarks can be added in a private window in the same way as for a
+ non-private window. They will not be cleared once the private session
+ has ended.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Browsing and other Histories</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Previously established Browsing History and Location Bar History will
+ be available to a private window, but new sites visited and locations
+ entered into the location bar will not be recorded and saved.</li>
+ <li>Files can be downloaded as usual, but no entries will be added to the
+ Download Manager. The downloaded files themselves will not be removed.</li>
+ <li>Saved Form and Search History will be available to a private window,
+ thus providing suggestions for form fields or searches. However, any
+ new items or search terms entered will not be recorded and saved.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Cookies</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>A private window can collect cookies from the sites it visits, but a
+ private window does not share cookies with a non-private window and vice
+ versa. For example, if you log into a website in a regular window, then
+ open a private window to continue, you likely will be asked to enter your
+ credentials again.</li>
+ <li>Cookies in a private session are accepted according to the settings,
+ but only retained for the duration of that session regardless of the
+ lifetime allowed in a non-private window.</li>
+ <li>Existing exceptions to the cookie policy will be honored in private
+ windows, and any new exceptions you create will be retained after the
+ private session has ended.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Cached and Offline Content</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>While a private window can use the memory cache for performance, it is
+ not permitted to access the disk cache regardless of the settings for a
+ non-private window. Thus, no cached content will be available after
+ restarting &brandShortName;.</li>
+ <li>A private window cannot use any stored offline content deposited by
+ websites. Thus, you will not be able to use web applications while being
+ offline, even if they have already stored offline content locally.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Passwords and Authenticated Sessions</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>No new passwords will be stored in the Password Manager when entered
+ in a private window.</li>
+ <li>Authenticated sessions do not carry over from a non-private to a private
+ window. Thus, you cannot continue a session started in a non-private window
+ in a private window or vice versa.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Preferences and Permissions</h3>
+
+<ul>
+ <li>Any changes to settings and permissions made from a private window are
+ handled in the same way as from a non-private window and retained after
+ the private session has ended.</li>
+ <li>Per-site preferences such as zoom levels or download locations are
+ observed in a private window. However, any changes you make will not be
+ retained, e.g., zoom levels revert to the initial value when navigating
+ or switching tabs.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private Browsing
+ Mode</h2>
+
+<p>There is no special function or command to leave the private mode,
+ and it is not possible to continue working in non-private mode with
+ a private window.</p>
+
+<p>To end a private browsing session, just close all private windows.
+ There will be no record on &brandShortName;&apos;s side on any browsing
+ activities performed in any of the associated private windows.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive
+ Information</h1>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords, then this sensitive
+ information is stored on your computer in a file that&apos;s difficult, but
+ not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p>
+
+<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have
+ access to it, it&apos;s possible for a determined person to read the file
+ containing your sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with
+ encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to
+ view your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a
+ tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p>
+
+<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password, which can
+ be inconvenient. If you don&apos;t, it may be easier for a stranger who has
+ access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+ <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master
+ Password</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your
+ Master Password</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If
+ You Forget Your Master Password</a></li>
+ </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>To enable encryption of passwords you need to set a master password. If
+ your master password has not previously been set, you can set it at this
+ time:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+ Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the
+ spelling.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on
+ how to improve password security, see
+ <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+ Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>To change your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+ Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+ <li>Enter your current master password.</li>
+ <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the
+ spelling.</li>
+ <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see
+ <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+ Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master
+ Password</h2>
+
+<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each
+ &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive
+ information.</p>
+
+<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again
+ before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful
+ if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p>
+
+<p>To log out of your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li>
+ <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget
+ Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>If you forget your master password, you won&apos;t be able to access any of
+ the stored password it protects. Your master password is your most important
+ password. Make sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p>
+
+<p>As a last resort, it&apos;s possible to reset your master password if you
+ are sure you can&apos;t remember it. However, resetting your master password
+ permanently erases all the web and email passwords, saved on your behalf by
+ Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates
+ associated with the
+ <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+ Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Before taking this drastic step, read
+ <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master
+ Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are sure you can&apos;t remember or retrieve your master password,
+ follow these instructions to reset it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+ <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li>
+ <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+ section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1>
+
+<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the
+ web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if
+ you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to
+ load.</p>
+
+<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation,
+ or turn off animation completely.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default
+ settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their
+ animation.</p>
+
+<h2 id="images">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Images</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the
+ preference settings for images:</p>
+
+<ol>
+ <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+ <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+ <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Images. (If no
+ subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+ the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3>
+
+<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether or under what
+ conditions the &brandShortName; browser should display images:</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not
+ want the &brandShortName; browser to display images.</li>
+ <li><strong>Only load images that come from the originating
+ server</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from
+ third-party websites.</li>
+ <li><strong>Load all images</strong>: Select this option if you want to
+ display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b4a02432b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-nl/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+ <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+ %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+ type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Welcome to &brandShortName; Help</h1>
+
+<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click
+ topics in the left-hand sidebar</strong>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see
+ <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p>
+
+<table width="100%" border="0">
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td>
+ <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p>
+
+ <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with
+ &brandShortName;.</p>
+ </td>
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p>
+
+ <p>The oldest community website around, providing news flashes, polls, and
+ Web forums.</p>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/doc/troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p>
+
+ <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p>
+ </td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/plugincheck/">Plugin Check</a></strong></p>
+
+ <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p>
+ </td>
+ <td></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine
+ Forums</a></strong></p>
+
+ <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p>
+ </td>
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/community#groups">User
+ Newsgroups</a></strong></p>
+
+ <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr valign="top">
+ <td>
+ <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/seamonkey/">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p>
+ <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p>
+ </td>
+ <td></td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>